Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Entertainment / Sinclair, Inc. / FY2011 Annual Report

Sinclair, Inc.
Annual Report 2011

SBGI · NASDAQ Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker SBGI
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Communication Services
Industry Entertainment
Employees 7200
← All annual reports
FY2011 Annual Report · Sinclair, Inc.
Loading PDF…
BIGGER. BETTER. STRONGER.
SINCLAIR BROADCAST GROUP
2011 ANNUAL REPORT

ALBANY-SCHENECTADY, NY
ASHEVILLE, NC /
    GREENVILLE-SPARTANBURG, SC 
AUSTIN, TX
BALTIMORE, MD
BEAUMONT, TX
BIRMINGHAM, AL
BUFFALO, NY
CEDAR RAPIDS, IA
CHAMPAIGN-SPRINGFIELD, IL
CHARLESTON, SC
CHARLESTON, WV
CHATTANOOGA, TN
CINCINNATI, OH
COLUMBUS, OH
DAYTON, OH
DES MOINES, IA
FLINT, MI
KALAMAZOO, MI
GREENSBORO, NC /
    WINSTON SALEM, NC
LANSING, MI
LAS VEGAS, NV
LEXINGTON, KY
MADISON, WI
MEDFORD, OR
MILWAUKEE, WI
MINNEAPOLIS, MN
NASHVILLE, TN
NORFOLK, VA
OKLAHOMA CITY, OK
PADUCAH, KY /
    CAPE GIRARDEAU, MO
PENSACOLA, FL
PEORIA-BLOOMINGTON, IL
PITTSBURGH, PA
PORTLAND, ME
PROVIDENCE, RI /
    NEW BEDFORD, MA
RALEIGH-DURHAM, NC
RICHMOND, VA
ROCHESTER, NY
ST. LOUIS, MO
SALT LAKE CITY, UT
SAN ANTONIO, TX
SYRACUSE, NY
TALLAHASSEE, FL
TAMPA-ST. PETERSBURG, FL
WEST PALM BEACH, FL /
    FT. PIERCE, FL

ALARM FUNDING ASSOCIATES
BAY CREEK RESORT
KEYSER CAPITAL
RING OF HONOR WRESTLING
SINCLAIR INVESTMENTS GROUP
TRIANGLE SIGN & SERVICE

LETTER TO OUR SHAREHOLDERS
BIGGER. BETTER. STRONGER.

These are the words we use to describe Sinclair today; qualities that we believe separate us from the rest of the industry and 
reflect our positioning for future growth.  We didn't get here overnight, though.  We approached our business with focus and 
deliberation,  acting  aggressively  when  an  opportunity  presented  itself,  while  doing  our  best  to  avoid  high-risk,  short  term 
planning.  This approach has worked well for us, as reflected in our 2011 results.  The financial strength we have built in our 
balance sheet, our access to credit, and the strong performance by our core television business are allowing us to grow and 
diversify  our  television  portfolio,  to  increase  our  competitive  position  within  our  local  markets,  and  to  continue  to  leverage 
our national platform.   

When  we  entered  2011,  it  was  with  a  balance  sheet  that  reflected  our  lowest  total  net  leverage  in  15  years.    This  strength 
allowed us to re-enter the transactional market and acquire seven television stations from Four Points Media and enter into 
an agreement to purchase another eight stations from Freedom Communications, which we are currently operating while we 
await  approval  from  the  Federal  Communications  Commission.    With  these  additions,  we  are  now  the  largest  independent 
owner  and  operator  of  television  stations  in  the  country.    Our  portfolio  consists  of  73  television  stations  in  45  markets, 
reaching over 26% of the U.S. television households, as well as broadcasting 82 sub-channels.  Through their entertainment 
and  strong  local  news  franchises,  these  stations  are  making  a  difference  in  their  markets,  resonating  with  viewers,  holding 
government  accountable,  helping  those  in  need  through  community  outreach  programs,  and  providing  local  businesses  a 
means  to  reach  their  customer  base.    For  our  shareholders,  they  represent  highly-rated,  well  positioned,  free  cash  flowing 
businesses  that  provide  us  with  a  greater  level  of  diversification  and  an  improved  negotiating  position  with  our  trading 
partners.  

As a result of the additional stations, we added seven CBS, three CW, two ABC, two MyNetworkTV and one Azteca affiliate, 
which diversified our portfolio of television stations on multiple fronts.  While we are still the largest FOX and MyNetworkTV 
affiliate groups, we are now the second largest ABC and CW affiliate groups, and have a much more meaningful presence of 
CBS  stations.    Such  diversification  is  important  for  several  reasons.    First,  our  revenue  performance  should  become  more 
stable since we will be less dependent on the success or failure of just one or two networks.  Adding more stations affiliated 
with  the  traditional  networks,  such  as  CBS  and  ABC,  which  tend  to  offer  more  local  news  content,  should  bode  well  for  us 
heading into the presidential election year when political-related advertising dollars pour into the markets.   

With  our  size  comes  strength  and  efficiency.    From  the  revenue  side,  we  can  help  national  advertisers  reach  a  greater 
percentage  of  the  country  through  a  single  buy  with  us,  as  opposed  to  buying  across  multiple  broadcasters  to  get  the  same 
coverage.  Likewise, on the expense side, we can help syndicators clear their programming more easily and help multi-channel 
video  program  distributors  obtain  programming  they  desire  more  efficiently  by  doing  group  deals  with  our  stations.    We 
expect  the  efficiencies  created  by  our  size  and  national  footprint  alone  to  result  in  better  terms  with  our  trading  partners.   
While we intend to pursue these cash flow generating opportunities presented by the newly-acquired stations, we also plan to 
evaluate and integrate the most successful operating strategies employed by each group (Four Points, Freedom and the legacy 
Sinclair stations) to increase efficiencies, ratings and ultimately cash flow.

Speaking  of  which,  2011  was  another  stellar  EBITDA1  year  for  us.    At  a  reported  $269.5  million  of  EBITDA,  this  was  an 
increase  of  41.7%  over  2009  and  10.9%  over  2007,  the  last  two  non-political  years.    Net  broadcast  revenues  were  $648.0 
million for 2011, down 1.2% from 2010 due to the non-political nature of the year, but up 2.9% versus 2010 on a core, same 
station basis when you exclude political.  Core growth was driven in part by a 9.7% year-over-year increase in ad spending by 
the auto sector, our largest advertising category.  Significantly, the category grew despite the sector suffering from the impact 
of  two  natural  catastrophes  that  affected  the  supply  of  automobiles  in  the  U.S.    The  first  was  the  horrific  earthquake  and 
tsunami that devastated parts of Japan in March, followed by four months of monsoon rains and major flooding in Thailand.  
While both events disrupted the supply chain and ultimately the inventory of cars on dealer lots for part of the year, consumer 
demand remained firm.  In fact, a January 2012 forecast by the National Automobile Dealers Association estimates that the 
sale of new cars will grow by 9.4% to 13.9 million units in 2012 in response to pent up consumer demand, availability of credit 
and increased dealer incentives, all of which we expect to drive auto advertising higher in 2012.

Also contributing to the core revenue growth was $6.2 million in incremental revenues in the first quarter of 2011 as a result 
of the Super Bowl airing on our 20 FOX affiliates versus our only two CBS affiliates in 2010.   We also experienced our highest 
political  advertising  dollars  in  an  off-cycle  election  year,  garnering  $8.3  million,  a  19.7%  increase  over  2009  and  a  67.1% 
increase  over  2007's  levels.    We  believe  that  2012  will  be  another  record-breaking  year  for  political  advertising  on  our 
stations, surpassing the $42.0 million we reported in 2010.  Meanwhile, our advertisers continue to recognize and support the 
power of broadcast television and its effectiveness in branding and moving their product.  We remain confident that we will 
continue  to see  growth  from our efforts  to broaden our reach through digital  interactive strategies.   From the  more macro 
level, consumer confidence is beginning to improve, although the economy still has many difficult hurdles to face.  

Our  dedication  to  improving  our  cost  structure  and  the  dynamics  of  our  television  operations  may  best  be  seen  in  the 
transformation  of  our  day-to-day  programming  needs  and  costs.    We  have  been  able  to  reduce  our  risk  to  new  syndicated 

OFFICERS
David D. Smith
President & Chief Executive Officer

BOARD OF DIRECTORS
David D. Smith
Chairman of the Board, 
President & Chief Executive Officer

Frederick G. Smith
Vice President

J. Duncan Smith
Vice President

David B. Amy
Executive Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer

David R. Bochenek
Vice President,
Chief Accounting Officer 

Barry M. Faber
Executive Vice President,
General Counsel 

Paul E. Nesterovsky
Vice President, Tax

Lucy A. Rutishauser
Vice President,
Corporate Finance & Treasurer

Donald H. Thompson
Vice President,
Human Resources

Thomas I. Waters, III
Vice President, Purchasing

OTHER OPERATING 
DIVISIONS
W. Gary Dorsch
President, Keyser Capital, LLC 

Joseph A. Koff
Chief Operating Officer,
Ring of Honor Wrestling
Entertainment, LLC

Frederick G. Smith
Vice President

J. Duncan Smith
Vice President, Secretary

Robert E. Smith
Director

Daniel C. Keith
President and Founder of the 
Cavanaugh Group, Inc. 

Martin R. Leader
Director

Lawrence E. McCanna
Director

Basil A. Thomas
Director

TELEVISION DIVISION
Steven M. Marks
Vice President,
Chief Operating Officer

Mark A. Aitken
Vice President,
Advanced Technology

M. William Butler
Vice President,
Programming & Promotion

I. Scott Livingston
Vice President, News

Robert F. Malandra
Vice President,
Finance Television

Delbert R. Parks III
Vice President,
Engineering & Operations

David F. Schwartz
Vice President, Sales

Gregg L. Siegel
Vice President, National Sales

Robert D. Weisbord
Vice President, New Media

ANNUAL MEETING
The Annual Meeting of stockholders 
will be held at Sinclair Broadcast 
Group's corporate offices, 
10706 Beaver Dam Road
Hunt Valley, MD 21030 
Thursday, June 14, 2012 at 10:00am.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED 
PUBLIC ACCOUNTING 
FIRM
PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP
100 East Pratt Street
Suite 1900 
Baltimore, MD 21202-1096

TRANSFER AGENT & 
REGISTRAR
Questions regarding stock certificates, 
change of address, or other stock 
transfer account matters may be 
directed to:

American Stock Transfer &
Trust Company, LLC 
Operations Center 
6201 15th Ave. 
Brooklyn, NY 11219 
Toll Free:  1-800-937-5449 
Email:  info@amstock.com 
Website:  www.amstock.com 

FORM 10-K,
ANNUAL REPORT
A copy of the Company's 2011 
Form 10-K, as filed with the Securities 
and Exchange Commission, is 
available at no charge on the 
Company's website www.sbgi.net or 
upon written request to:

Lucy A. Rutishauser
VP, Corporate Finance & Treasurer
Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc.
10706 Beaver Dam Road
Hunt Valley, MD 21030
Phone: 410-568-1500
E-mail: investor@sbgi.net

COMMON STOCK
The Company's Class A Common Stock 
trades on the Nasdaq Global Select 
Market tier of the NasdaqSM Stock 
Market under the symbol SBGI.

 
shows,  resulting  in  significant  decreases  in  our  out-of-pocket  cash  payments,  with  a  24.4%  or  $21.7  million  reduction  in 
programming costs as compared to 2010.  We also expanded our local news offering in 2011, adding 29 hours per week of news 
content.      We  expect  these  stations  to  benefit  from  a  stronger  local  news  presence,  incremental  political  dollars,  as  well  as 
lower  overall  programming  expense.    In  the  same  vein  of  taking  control  of  our  content,  we  purchased  the  Ring  of  Honor 
Wrestling  franchise,  the  third  largest  wrestling  promotion  in  the  country.  Wrestling  has  always  done  well  on  broadcast 
television and early results reflect just that; ratings and financial performance have been better than even we expected.  We are 
now looking at expanding our distribution nationally to other broadcasters and internationally through foreign syndication.  In 
regards to our non-broadcast assets, which we believe have an approximate book value of $190 million, we continue to focus 
on opportunities to both build and monetize these investments at attractive returns.  In 2011, we sold our equity investment in 
Lafayette Rehabilitation Hospital, generating a 21% annualized return  or $1.9 million on our initial $1.2 million investment 
made in 2008.  

As  you  know,  free  cash  flow2  is  one  of  the  most  important  financial  metrics  we  measure  ourselves  by,  as  it  is  not  only  an 
indicator of how well we are running the operations, but how well we are managing our balance sheet.  It represents what is 
available for shareholder returns, debt repayment and our ability to grow organically.   In 2011, we generated $144.8 million of 
free cash flow; once again surpassing our industry peers.  We returned $38.4 million to our shareholders in the form of a $0.12 
per share quarterly cash dividend that yielded 4.86%, on average, paid down $6.0 million of debt, and made $58.5 million in 
deposits  on  the  acquisitions.    Even  in  this  non-political  year,  our  total  net  leverage  remained  fairly  constant  at  4.18x, 
representing  one  of  the  strongest  balance  sheets  in  the  sector.    Moreover,  we  expect  minimal  increases  to  leverage  when 
factoring in the acquired stations' pro forma EBITDA and costs to acquire, reflecting our expectation to improve their financial 
performance. The markets reacted favorably and rewarded us in the form of lower financing costs and a higher stock price.  In 
fact, in 2011, our stock price rose 38.5%, while our peer group declined 1.2% and the S&P 500 remained flat.

With our strong balance sheet, excess free cash flow and the ability to take on additional debt, we became the natural buyer of 
television assets, especially as private equity owners began looking to exit their holdings.  We believe more opportunities, such 
as the Four Points and Freedom transactions, exist in the marketplace that will allow us to acquire quality stations, diversify 
and  grow  our  free  cash  flow.    With  television  EBITDA  multiples  below  historic  levels,  we  are  in  a  prime  position  to  acquire 
under-valued, accretive assets.   We believe our ability to use our platform to enhance those returns, lower the multiple and 
generate even more free cash flow has separated us from the rest of the field.  

As we look to the future, we believe that protecting our core assets and remaining competitive should be at the forefront for 
our industry's leaders, and it certainly is for me.  While we have made many advances in mobile television, it is not enough.  It 
is imperative that we remain relevant and create a level playing field to all other wireless and mobile providers.  One way to 
achieve that result is for the industry to upgrade its broadcast transmission platform, which has increasingly become outdated.  
For an estimated less than $100 thousand capital investment per station, we can open ourselves up to a world of alternative 
business application opportunities; applications that much of the industrialized world already employs.  Imagine if we could 
increase  digital  bit  capacity  and  video  compression  efficiencies  such  that  we  would  have  six  to  eight  times  the  video 
programming capacity than we have today.  That combination of a reliable, robust mobile delivery of enormous video content 
is within reach and should be the technology that serves the increasingly mobile population outside of the traditional home 
environment.    Our  industry,  the  local  television  broadcaster,  is  one  of  the  best  positioned  to  take  advantage  of  the  golden 
opportunity to serve its community, the government and its shareholders.  The door is open; the industry just needs to walk 
through it.

Bigger, Better, Stronger.  This is the Company we have built.  As I look forward, I see many growth opportunities available to 
us:  economic  recovery,  retransmission  pricing,  spectrum  enhancements,  and  accretive  acquisitions,  to  name  but  a  few 
opportunities that will allow us to grow and increase the value of your investment.  We have worked hard to get here and to 
take our place as an industry leader, and we are dedicated to continuing our efforts to achieve these goals. 

We thank you, our employees and our shareholders, for your continued support and look forward to our future successes.

Sincerely,

David D. Smith
Chairman, President and CEO

1 A reconciliation of EBITDA to net income can be found on our website: www.sbgi.net.

2 A reconciliation of free cash flow to net income can be found on our website: www.sbgi.net.

(This page intentionally left blank)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Television Broadcasting ............................................................................................................................................................ 2 

Forward-Looking Statements ................................................................................................................................................... 6 

Selected Financial Data ............................................................................................................................................................. 7 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ............................................. 8 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.............................................................................................. 24 

Controls And Procedures ....................................................................................................................................................... 25 

Consolidated Balance Sheets .................................................................................................................................................. 27 

Consolidated Statements of Operations................................................................................................................................ 28 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)............................................................................................... 29 

Consolidated Statements of Equity (Deficit) ........................................................................................................................ 30 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows ............................................................................................................................... 33 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements .................................................................................................................. 34 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities ..... 73 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm:  
  Consolidated Financial Statements ................................................................................................................................... 75 

Group Managers / General Managers................................................................................................................................... 76 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELEVISION BROADCASTING 

Markets and Stations 

As of December 31, 2011, we owned and operated, provided programming services to, provided sales services to or had agreed 

to acquire the following television stations: 

Status (b) 
LMA(e) 

O&O 

O&O 

O&O 
O&O 

O&O 
O&O 

O&O 
LMA(g) 

O&O 
O&O 
OSA(h) 

O&O 
LMA(g) 

LMA(n) 
LMA(n) 

O&O 
O&O 

O&O 

O&O 
O&O 

O&O 
LMA(g) 

LMA(o) 
LMA(n)  
LMA(n) 
LMA(n) 

Stations 
WTTA 
WTTA  
WUCW 
WUCW  
WUCW  
KDNL 
KDNL  
KDNL  
WPGH 
WPMY 
WPGH  
WPMY  
WLFL 
WRDC 
WLFL  
WRDC  
WBFF 
WNUV 
WBFF  
WBFF  
WNUV  
WZTV 
WUXP 
WNAB 
WUXP  
WNAB  
WSYX 
WTTE 
WSYX  
WTTE  
KUTV 
KMYU 
KUTV 
KMYU 
WCGV 
WVTV 
WCGV  
WSTR 
WSTR  
KABB 
KMYS 
KABB  
KMYS  
WLOS 
WMYA 
WLOS  
WMYA  
WMYA  
WPEC 
WTVX 
WTCN 
WWHB 
WPEC 
WPEC 
WTVX 
WTVX 
WTVX 

Channel 
Primary 
Second 
Primary 
Second 
Third 
Primary 
Second 
Third 
Primary 
Primary 
Second 
Second 
Primary 
Primary 
Second 
Second 
Primary 
Primary 
Second 
Third 
Second 
Primary 
Primary 
Primary 
Second 
Second 
Primary 
Primary 
Second 
Second 
Primary 
Primary 
Second 
Second 
Primary 
Primary 
Second 
Primary 
Second 
Primary 
Primary 
Second 
Second 
Primary 
Primary 
Second 
Second 
Third 
Primary 
Primary 
Primary 
Primary 
Second 
Third 
Second 
Third 
Fourth 

Network/  
Program Service 
Arrangement (c) 
MNT 
TheCoolTV 
CW 
TheCoolTV 
The Country Network 
ABC 
TheCoolTV 
The Country Network 
FOX 
MNT 
The Country Network 
TheCoolTV 
CW 
MNT 
The Country Network 
TheCoolTV 
FOX 
CW 
This TV 
The Country Network 
TheCoolTV 
FOX 
MNT 
CW 
TheCoolTV 
The Country Network 
ABC 
FOX 
This TV and MNT 
TheCoolTV 
CBS 
This TV and MNT 
This TV and MNT 
CBS(p) 
MNT 
CW 
The Country Network 
MNT 
TheCoolTV 
FOX 
CW  
The Country Network 
TheCoolTV 
ABC 
MNT 
MNT 
TheCoolTV 
The Country Network 
CBS 
CW 
MNT 
AZTECA 
CBS(p) 
Weather Radar 
AZTECA(p) 
MNT(p) 
LATV 

Station 
Rank in 
Market (d) 
6 of 9 

Expiration 
Date of FCC 
License 
2/01/13 

7 of 7 

4/01/14 

4 of 7 

2/01/14 

4 of 7 
6 of 7 

8/01/15 
8/01/15 

5 of 8 
6 of 8 

12/01/04 (f)(m) 
12/01/04 (f)(m) 

4 of 6 
5 of 6 

10/01/04 (f)(m) 
10/01/12 

4 of 8 
5 of 8 
6 of 8 

8/01/13 
8/01/13 
8/01/13 

2 of 6 
4 of 6 

10/01/13 
10/01/05 (f)(m) 

1 of 7 
7 of 7 

5 of 8 
7 of 8 

5 of 5 

3 of 7 
5 of 7 

10/01/14 
10/01/14 

12/01/05 (f)(m) 
12/01/13 

10/01/13 

8/01/14 
8/01/14 

2 of 7 
5 of 7 

12/01/04 (f)(m) 
12/01/04 (f)(m) 

2 of 6 
5 of 6 
6 of 6 
not available 

2/01/13 
2/01/13 
2/01/13 
2/01/13 

Market 

Tampa/St. Petersburg, 

Florida 

Minneapolis/St. Paul, 

Minnesota 

St. Louis, Missouri 

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 

Raleigh/Durham, North 
  Carolina 

Baltimore, Maryland 

Market 
Rank (a) 
14 

15 

21 

23 

24 

27 

Nashville, Tennessee 

29 

Columbus, Ohio 

32 

Salt Lake City/St. George, 

33 

Utah 

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 

Cincinnati, Ohio 

San Antonio, Texas 

Asheville, North Carolina/ 
  Greenville/Spartanburg/ 
  Anderson, South 

Carolina 

34 

35 

36 

37 

West Palm Beach/Fort 

38 

Pierce, Florida 

2  Sinclair Broadcast Group 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Market 

Birmingham, Alabama 

Market 
Rank (a) 
39 

Las Vegas, Nevada 

Grand Rapids/Kalamazoo, 

Michigan 

Norfolk, Virginia 

40 

42 

43 

Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 

44 

Greensboro/Winston-

Salem/Highpoint, North 
Carolina 

Austin, Texas 

Buffalo, New York 

46 

47 

51 

Providence, Rhode Island/ 

53 

New Bedford, 
Massachusetts 
Richmond, Virginia 

Albany, New York 

Mobile, Alabama/  
  Pensacola, Florida 

Dayton, Ohio 

Lexington, Kentucky 

Charleston/Huntington, 

West Virginia 

Flint/Saginaw/Bay City, 

Michigan 

Des Moines, Iowa 

Portland, Maine 

57 

58 

60 

63 

64 

65 

68 

72 

78 

Stations 
WTTO 
WABM 
WDBB 
WTTO  
WABM  
WDBB  
KVMY 
KVCW 
KVMY  
KVCW  
KVCW  
WWMT 
WWMT 
WTVZ 
WTVZ  
WTVZ  
KOKH 
KOCB 
KOKH  
KOCB  
WXLV 
WMYV 
WXLV  
WMYV  
KEYE 
KEYE 
WUTV 
WNYO 
WUTV  
WNYO  
WLWC 
WLWC 

WRLH 
WRLH  
WRLH  
WRGB 
WCWN 
WRGB 
WCWN 
WEAR 
WFGX 
WEAR  
WFGX  
WKEF 
WRGT 
WKEF  
WRGT  
WDKY 
WDKY  
WCHS 
WVAH 
WCHS  
WVAH  
WSMH 
WSMH  
WSMH  
KDSM 
KDSM  
KDSM  
WGME 
WGME  

Channel 
Primary 
Primary 
Primary 
Second 
Second 
Second 
Primary 
Primary 
Second 
Second 
Third 
Primary 
Second 
Primary 
Second 
Third 
Primary 
Primary 
Second 
Second 
Primary 
Primary 
Second 
Second 
Primary 
Second 
Primary 
Primary 
Second 
Second 
Primary 
Second 

Primary 
Second 
Third 
Primary 
Primary 
Second 
Second 
Primary 
Primary 
Second 
Second 
Primary 
Primary 
Second 
Second 
Primary 
Second 
Primary 
Primary 
Second 
Second 
Primary 
Second 
Third 
Primary 
Second 
Third 
Primary 
Second 

Status (b) 
O&O 
O&O 
LMA(g) 

O&O 
O&O 

LMA(o) 

O&O 

O&O 
O&O 

O&O 
O&O 

LMA(n)  

O&O 
O&O 

LMA(n) 

O&O 

LMA(o) 
LMA(o) 

O&O 
O&O 

O&O 
LMA(g) 

O&O 

O&O 
LMA(g) 

O&O 

O&O 

O&O 

Network/  
Program Service 
Arrangement (c) 
CW 
MNT 
CW 
The Country Network 
TheCoolTV 
The Country Network 
MNT 
CW 
Estella TV 
This TV 
The Country Network 
CBS 
CW 
MNT 
TheCoolTV 
The Country Network 
FOX 
CW 
The Country Network 
TheCoolTV 
ABC 
MNT 
The Country Network 
TheCoolTV 
CBS 
Telemundo 
FOX 
MNT 
The Country Network 
TheCoolTV 
CW 
LATV 

FOX 
This TV and MNT 
TheCoolTV 
CBS 
CW 
This TV 
CBS(p) 
ABC 
This TV and MNT 
The Country Network 
TheCoolTV 
ABC 
FOX 
TheCoolTV 
This TV and MNT 
FOX 
TheCoolTV 
ABC 
FOX 
TheCoolTV 
The Country Network 
FOX 
TheCoolTV 
The Country Network 
FOX 
TheCoolTV 
The Country Network 
CBS 
TheCoolTV 

Station 
Rank in 
Market (d) 
5 of 8 
6 of 8 
     5 of 8 (i) 

Expiration 
Date of FCC 
License 
4/01/05 (f)(m) 
4/01/13 
4/01/13 

5 of 7 
6 of 7 

10/01/14 
10/01/14 

1 of 7 

6 of 7 

4 of 8 
5 of 8 

10/01/13 

10/01/12 

6/01/14 
6/01/14 

4 of 7 
5 of 7 

12/01/04 (f)(m) 
12/01/04 (f)(m) 

2 of 7 

4 of 7 
6 of 7 

8/01/14 

6/01/15 
6/01/15 

5 of 5 

4/01/15 

4 of 5 

10/01/12 

1 of 6 
5 of 6 

2 of 8 
6 of 8 

6/01/15 
6/01/15 

2/01/13 
2/01/13 

2 of 5 
4 of 5 

10/01/13 
10/01/05 (f)(m) 

3 of 6 

2 of 5 
4 of 5 

8/01/13 

10/01/12 
10/01/04 (f)(m) 

3 of 5 

10/01/13 

3 of 6 

2/01/14 

2 of 6 

4/01/15 

2011 Annual Report  3  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Market 

Rochester, New York 

Market 
Rank (a) 
79 

Cape Girardeau, Missouri/ 
  Paducah, Kentucky 

81 

Springfield/Champaign, 

82 

Illinois 

Syracuse, New York 

Madison, Wisconsin 

Chattanooga, Tennessee 

Cedar Rapids, Iowa 

84 

85 

86 

89 

Charleston, South Carolina 

98 

Tallahassee, Florida 

Lansing, Michigan 

Peoria/Bloomington, 

Illinois 

Medford, Oregon 

Beaumont, Texas 

106 

115 

116 

140 

141 

Stations 
WUHF 
WUHF  
KBSI 
WDKA 
KBSI  
WDKA  
WDKA  
WICS 
WICD 
WICS  
WICD  
WSYT 
WNYS 
WSYT  
WNYS 
WMSN 
WMSN  
WMSN  
WTVC 
WTVC 
KGAN 
KFXA 
KGAN  
KFXA  
WTAT 
WMMP 
WMMP  
WMMP  
WTWC 
WTWC  
WTWC  
WLAJ 
WLAJ 
WYZZ 
WYZZ  
WYZZ  
KTVL 
KTVL 
KFDM 
KFDM 

Channel 
Primary 
Second 
Primary 
Primary 
Second 
Second 
Third 
Primary 
Primary 
Second 
Second 
Primary 
Primary 
Second 
Second 
Primary 
Second 
Third 
Primary 
Second 
Primary 
Primary 
Second 
Second 
Primary 
Primary 
Second 
Third 
Primary 
Second 
Third 
Primary 
Second 
Primary 
Second 
Third 
Primary 
Second 
Primary 
Second 

Status (b) 
O&O(j) 

O&O 
LMA 

O&O 
O&O 

O&O 
LMA 

O&O 

LMA(o) 

O&O 
OSA(l) 

LMA(g) 
O&O 

O&O 

LMA(o) 

O&O(j) 

LMA(o) 

LMA(o) 

Network/  
Program Service 
Arrangement (c) 
FOX 
TheCoolTV 
FOX 
MNT 
MNT 
TheCoolTV 
The Country Network 
ABC 
ABC 
The Country Network 
TheCoolTV 
FOX 
MNT 
The Country Network 
TheCoolTV 
FOX 
TheCoolTV 
The Country Network 
ABC 
This TV 
CBS 
FOX 
TheCoolTV 
The Country Network 
FOX 
MNT 
TheCoolTV 
The Country Network 
NBC 
TheCoolTV 
The Country Network 
ABC 
CW 
FOX 
TheCoolTV 
The Country Network 
CBS 
CW 
CBS 
CW 

Station 
Rank in 
Market (d) 
not available 

Expiration 
Date of FCC 
License 
6/01/15 

4 of 6 
5 of 6 

2/01/14 
8/01/13 

2 of 6 
      2 of 6 (k) 

12/01/05 (f)(m) 
12/01/13 

4 of 6 
5 of 6 

6/01/15 
6/01/15 

4 of 5 

12/01/13 

1 of 5 

3 of 5 
4 of 5 

8/01/13 

2/01/06 (f)(m) 
2/01/14 

4 of 5 
5 of 5 

12/01/04 (f)(m) 
12/01/04 (f) 

3 of 5 

2/01/13 

4 of 5 

10/01/13 

not available 

12/01/13 

2 of 5 

1 of 3 

2/01/15 

8/01/14 

a)  Rankings  are  based  on  the  relative  size  of  a  station’s  designated  market  area  (DMA)  among  the  210  generally  recognized  DMAs  in  the 

United States as estimated by Nielsen as of November 2011.   

b) 

“O & O” refers to stations that we own and operate.  “LMA” refers to stations to which we provide programming services pursuant to a 
local marketing agreement.  “OSA” refers to stations to which we provide or receive sales services pursuant to an outsourcing agreement. 

c)  When we negotiate the terms of our network affiliations or program service arrangements, we negotiate on behalf of all of our stations 
affiliated with that entity simultaneously.  This results in substantially similar terms for our stations, including the expiration date of the 
network affiliations or program service arrangements.  A summary of these expiration dates for our primary channels as of December 31, 
2011 is as follows: 

Network/ 
Program Service 
Arrangement 
FOX 
MNT 
ABC 

CW 
CBS 

NBC 
Azteca 
4  Sinclair Broadcast Group 

Expiration Date 

All 20 agreements expire on December 31, 2012  
All 18 agreements expire in the Fall of 2014 
Of  the  11  agreements,  9  agreements  expire  on  August  31,  2015  and  2 
agreements expire on December 31, 2015   
All 13 agreements expire on August 31, 2016 
Of  the  9  agreements,  2  agreements  expire  on  December  31,  2012;  2 
agreements expire on April 29, 2017, 4 agreements expire on January 31, 
2016  and 1 agreement expires December 31, 2015 
Agreement expires on December 31, 2016 
Agreement expires on February 8, 2013  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
d)  The  first  number  represents  the  rank  of  each  station  in  its  market  and  is  based  upon  the  November  2011  Nielsen  estimates  of  the 
percentage of persons tuned into each station in the market from 6:00 a.m. to 2:00 a.m., Monday through Sunday.  The second number 
represents the estimated number of television stations designated by Nielsen as “local” to the DMA, excluding public television stations 
and  stations  that  do  not  meet  the  minimum  Nielsen  reporting  standards  (weekly  cumulative  audience  of  at  least  0.1%)  for  the  Monday 
through  Sunday  6:00  a.m.  to  2:00  a.m.  time  period  as  of  November  2011.    This  information  is  provided  to  us  in  a  summary  report  by 
Franco Research Group. 

e)  The license assets for this station are currently owned by Bay Television, Inc., a related party.  See Note 10. Related Person Transactions, in the 

Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.   

f)  We, or subsidiaries of Cunningham Broadcasting Company (Cunningham), timely filed applications for renewal of these licenses with the 
FCC.  Unrelated third parties have filed petitions to deny or informal objections against such applications.  We opposed the petitions to 
deny  and  the  informal  objections  and  those  applications  are  pending.    See  Note  9.  Commitments  and  Contingencies,  in  the  Notes  to  our 
Consolidated Financial Statements for more information. 

g)  The license assets for these stations are currently owned by a subsidiary of Cunningham. 

h)  We have entered into an outsourcing agreement with the unrelated third party owner of WNAB-TV to provide certain non-programming 
related sales, operational and administrative services to WNAB-TV. On July 21, 2005, we filed with the FCC an application to acquire the 
license  television  broadcast  assets  of  WNAB-TV  in  Nashville,  Tennessee.    The  Rainbow/PUSH  Coalition  (“Rainbow/PUSH”)  filed  a 
petition  to  deny  that  application  and  also  requested  that  the  FCC  initiate  a  hearing  to  investigate  whether  WNAB-TV  was  improperly 
operated  with WZTV-TV  and WUXP-TV,  two of  our  stations  also  located  in  Nashville.   The  FCC  is  in  the  process of  considering the 
transfer of the broadcast license and we believe the Rainbow/PUSH petition has no merit.  

i)  WDBB-TV  simulcasts  the  programming  broadcast  on  WTTO-TV  pursuant  to  a  programming  services  agreement.    The  station  rank 
applies to the combined viewership of these stations.  In fourth quarter 2010, the FCC approved Cunningham’s acquisition of WDBB’s 
license assets.  In February 2011, Cunningham acquired the license assets and we will continue to operate WDBB pursuant to a LMA.  

j)  We  have  entered  into outsourcing  agreements  with  unrelated  third  parties,  under  which  the  unrelated  third  parties  provide  certain  non-
programming related sales, operational and managerial services to these stations.  We continue to own all of the assets of these stations and 
to program and control each station’s operations. 

k)  WICD-TV, a satellite of WICS-TV under FCC rules, simulcasts all of the programming aired on WICS-TV except the news broadcasts.  

WICD-TV airs its own news broadcasts.  The station rank applies to the combined viewership of these stations. 

l)  On February 1, 2008, we entered into an outsourcing agreement with the unrelated third party owner of KFXA-TV to provide certain non-
programming  related  sales,  operational  and  administrative  services  to  KFXA-TV.  During  2008,  we  entered  into  an  agreement  with  an 
unrelated third party for the right to acquire the FCC license of KFXA-TV in Cedar Rapids, Iowa, pending FCC approval.  

m)  We timely filed applications for renewal of these licenses with the FCC. Unrelated third parties have filed informal objections against the 

stations based on alleged violations of either the FCC’s sponsorship identification or indecency rules. 

n)  On September 8, 2011, we entered into a definitive agreement to purchase the assets of Four Points Media Group LLC (Four Points).  As 
of October 1, 2011, we were operating the Four Points stations pursuant to a LMA.  On January 3, 2012, we closed the asset acquisition of 
Four Points, with an effective date of January 1, 2012. 

o)  On November 1, 2011, we entered into a definitive agreement to purchase the broadcast assets of Freedom.  We expect the transaction to 
close late in the first quarter or early in the second quarter of 2012 subject to approval by the FCC.  While waiting for FCC approval, we 
are operating the Freedom stations pursuant to a LMA.  

p)  These  stations  rebroadcast  program  content  on  second  and/or  third  channels  from  one  of  the  primary  stations  listed  within  the  same 

market. 

2011 Annual Report  5  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS   

This report includes or incorporates forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 
1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), and the U.S. Private 
Securities  Litigation  Reform  Act  of  1995.    We  have  based  these  forward-looking  statements  on  our  current  expectations  and 
projections about future events.  These forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions about us, 
including, among other things, the following risks: 

General risks 

 
 
 
 
 

the impact of changes in international, national and regional economies and credit and capital markets; 
consumer confidence; 
the activities of our competitors; 
terrorist acts of violence or war and other geopolitical events; 
natural disasters such as the earthquake and tsunami devastation in Japan; 

Industry risks 

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

 

 

the business conditions of our advertisers particularly in the automotive and service industries; 
competition  with  other  broadcast  television  stations,  radio  stations,  multi-channel  video  programming  distributors 
(MVPDs), internet and broadband content providers and other print and media outlets serving in the same markets; 
availability  and  cost  of  programming  and  the  continued  volatility  of  networks  and  syndicators  that  provide  us  with 
programming content; 
the  effects  of  the  Federal  Communications  Commission’s  (FCC’s)  National  Broadband  Plan  and  the  auctioning  and 
potential reallocation of our broadcasting spectrum;  
the  effects  of  governmental  regulation  of  broadcasting  or  changes  in  those  regulations  and  court  actions  interpreting 
those regulations, including ownership regulations, indecency regulations, retransmission fee regulations and political or 
other advertising restrictions; 
labor  disputes  and  legislation  and  other  union  activity  associated  with  film,  acting,  writing  and  other  guilds  and 
professional sports leagues; 
the broadcasting community’s ability to develop a viable mobile digital broadcast television (mobile DTV) strategy and 
platform and the consumer’s appetite for mobile television; 
the operation of low power devices in the broadcast spectrum, which could interfere with our broadcast signals; 
the impact of reverse network compensation payments charged by networks pursuant to their affiliation agreements with 
broadcasters requiring compensation for network programming; 
the effects of new ratings system technologies including “people meters” and “set-top boxes,” and the ability of such 
technologies to be a reliable standard that can be used by advertisers; 
changes in the makeup of the population in the areas where stations are located;  

Risks specific to us 

 
 
 

 
 
 

 
 

 

 
 
 
 

the effectiveness of our management; 
our ability to attract and maintain local and national advertising; 
our  ability  to  service  our  debt  obligations  and  operate  our  business  under  restrictions  contained  in  our  financing 
agreements; 
our ability to successfully renegotiate retransmission consent agreements; 
our ability to renew our FCC licenses; 
our ability to obtain FCC approval for the purchase of the station assets of Freedom Communications (Freedom) and 
any future acquisitions, as well as, in certain cases, customary antitrust clearance for any future acquisitions; 
our ability to successfully integrate any acquired businesses; 
our  ability  to  maintain  our  affiliation  and  programming  service  agreements  with  our  networks  and  program  service 
providers and at renewal, to successfully negotiate these agreements with favorable terms; 
our ability to effectively respond to technology affecting our industry and to increasing competition from other media 
providers;  
the popularity of syndicated programming we purchase and network programming that we air; 
the strength of ratings for our local news broadcasts including our news sharing arrangements; 
the successful execution of our multi-channel broadcasting initiatives including mobile DTV; and 
the results of prior year tax audits by taxing authorities.  

6  Sinclair Broadcast Group 

 
 
 
Other matters set forth in this report and other reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including the Risk 
Factors set forth in Item 1A of this report may also cause actual results in the future to differ materially from those described in the 
forward-looking  statements.    However,  additional  factors  and  risks  not  currently  known  to  us  or  that  we  currently  deem 
immaterial may also cause actual results in the future to differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.  
You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which speaks only as of the date on which it is 
made.  We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, 
future events or otherwise.  In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking statements discussed in this 
report might not occur.    

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

The selected consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007 have been derived 
from  our  audited  consolidated  financial  statements.    The  consolidated  financial  statements  for  the  years  ended  December  31, 
2011, 2010 and 2009 are included elsewhere in this report.   

The information below should be read in conjunction with Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 

Operations and the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K.   

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA 
(In thousands, except per share data) 

2011 

2010 

2009 

2008 

2007 

For the years ended December 31, 
Statements of Operations Data: 
Net broadcast revenues (a) 
Revenues realized from station barter arrangements 
Other operating divisions revenues 

Total revenues 

Station production expenses 
Station selling, general and administrative expenses 
Expenses recognized from station barter 

arrangements 

Depreciation and amortization (b)  
Other operating divisions expenses 
Corporate general and administrative expenses 
Gain on asset exchange 
Impairment of goodwill, intangible and other assets  

Operating income (loss)  

Interest expense and amortization of debt discount 

and deferred financing cost  

(Loss) gain from extinguishment of debt 
Income (loss) from equity and cost investees 
Gain on insurance settlement 
Other income, net 
Income (loss) from continuing operations before 

income taxes 

Income tax (provision) benefit  

Income (loss) from continuing operations 

Discontinued operations: 

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net 

of related income taxes 

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of 

related income taxes 

Net income (loss)  

Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling 

interests 
Net income (loss) attributable to Sinclair 

$   648,002 
72,773 
44,513 
765,288 

$   655,836 
75,210 
36,598 
767,644 

$  

178,612 
123,938 

65,742 
103,182 
39,486 
28,310 
— 
398 
225,620 

(106,128) 
(4,847) 
3,269 
1,742 
1,717 

121,373 
(44,785) 
76,588 

154,133 
127,091 

67,083 
116,003 
30,916 
26,800 
— 
4,803 
240,815 

(116,046) 
(6,266) 
(4,861) 
344 
1,865 

115,851 
(40,226) 
75,625 

555,110 
58,182 
43,698 
656,990 

142,415 
122,833 

48,119 
138,334 
45,520 
25,632 
(4,945) 
249,799 
(110,717) 

(80,021) 
18,465 
354 
11 
1,448 

(170,460) 
32,512 
(137,948) 

$  

639,624 
59,877 
55,434 
754,935 

158,965 
136,142 

53,327 
147,527 
59,987 
26,285 
(3,187) 
463,887 
(287,998) 

(87,634) 
5,451 
(2,703) 
— 
3,000 

(369,884) 
121,362 
(248,522) 

$    623,143 
61,790 
33,667 
718,600 

148,707 
140,026 

55,662 
157,178 
33,023 
24,334 
— 
— 
159,670 

(102,228) 
(30,716) 
601 
— 
5,805 

33,132 
(16,163) 
16,969 

1,219 

1,065 
19,253 

(411) 

(577) 

(81) 

(141) 

— 
76,177 

$   

— 
75,048 

$   

— 
(138,029) 

$   

— 
$    (248,663) 

$  

(379) 

1,100 

2,335 

2,133 

(279) 

Broadcast Group 

$   

75,798 

$   

76,148 

$   

(135,694) 

$    (246,530) 

$  

18,974 

2011 Annual Report  7  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the years ended December 31, 
Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share Attributable 

to Sinclair Broadcast Group: 
Basic earnings (loss) per share from continuing 

operations 

Basic (loss) earnings per share from discontinued 

operations 

Basic earnings (loss) per share 
Diluted earnings (loss) per share from continuing 

operations 

Diluted (loss) earnings per share from discontinued 

operations 

Diluted earnings (loss) per share 
Dividends declared per share 

2011 

2010 

2009 

2008 

2007 

$   

$   
$   

$   

$   
$   
$   

0.95 

(0.01) 
0.94 

0.95 

(0.01) 
0.94 
0.48 

$   

$   
$   

$   

$   
$   
$   

0.96 

(0.01) 
0.95 

0.95 

(0.01) 
0.94 
0.43 

$   

$   
$   

$   

$   
$   
$   

(1.70) 

— 
(1.70) 

$   

$   
$   

(2.87) 

— 
(2.87) 

(1.70) 

$   

(2.87) 

— 
(1.70) 
— 

$   
$   
$   

— 
(2.87) 
0.80 

$   

$   
$   

$   

$   
$   
$ 

0.19 

0.03 
0.22 

0.19 

0.03 
0.22 
0.63 

Balance Sheet Data: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Total assets 
Total debt (c) 
Total (deficit) equity 

12,967 
$ 
$  1,571,417 
$  1,206,025 
(111,362) 
$ 

21,974 
$ 
$  1,485,924 
$  1,212,065 
(157,082) 
$ 

23,224 
$ 
$  1,590,029 
$  1,366,308 
(202,222) 
$ 

16,470 
$ 
$  1,816,407 
$  1,362,278 
(58,700) 
$ 

20,980 
$   
$   2,224,187 
$   1,320,417 
$    269,581 

(a)  Net broadcast revenues is defined as broadcast revenues, net of agency commissions.   

(b)  Depreciation and amortization includes amortization of program contract costs and net realizable value adjustments, depreciation and amortization of 

property and equipment and amortization of definite-lived intangible assets and other assets. 

(c) 

 Total debt is defined as notes payable, capital leases and commercial bank financing, including the current and long-term portions.   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

The  following  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  provides  qualitative  and  quantitative  information  about  our  financial 
performance and condition and should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying 
notes to those statements.  This discussion consists of the following sections: 

Executive Overview – a description of our business, financial highlights from 2011, information about industry trends and sources of 
revenues and operating costs; 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates  –  a  discussion  of  the  accounting  policies  that  are  most  important  in  understanding  the 
assumptions  and  judgments  incorporated  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  a  summary  of  recent  accounting 
pronouncements; 

Results of Operations – a summary of the components of our revenues by category and by network affiliation or program service 
arrangement, a summary of other operating data and an analysis of our revenues and expenses for 2011, 2010 and 2009, including 
comparisons between years and certain expectations for 2012; and 

Liquidity and Capital Resources  –  a  discussion  of  our  primary  sources  of  liquidity,  an  analysis  of  our  cash  flows  from  or  used  in 
operating  activities,  investing  activities  and  financing  activities,  a  discussion  of  our  dividend  policy  and  a  summary  of  our 
contractual cash obligations and off-balance sheet arrangements. 

We have two reportable operating segments, “broadcast” and “other operating divisions” that are disclosed separately from our 
corporate  activities.    Our  broadcast  segment  includes  our  stations.    Our  other  operating  divisions  segment  primarily  earned 
revenues  in  2011  from  sign  design  and  fabrication;  regional  security  alarm  operating  and  bulk  acquisitions;  and  real  estate 
ventures.  In 2009, our other operating divisions segment also earned revenues from information technology staffing, consulting 
and  software  development;  and  transmitter  manufacturing.    Corporate  and  unallocated  expenses  primarily  include  our  costs  to 
operate as a public company and to operate our corporate headquarters location.  Corporate is not a reportable segment.   

8  Sinclair Broadcast Group 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STG, included in the broadcast segment and a wholly owned subsidiary of Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc. (SBG), is the primary 
obligor under our Bank Credit Agreement, the 9.25% Notes and the 8.375% Notes and was the primary obligor under the 8.0% 
Senior Subordinated Notes, due 2012 (the 8.0% Notes ) until they were fully redeemed in 2010.  Our Class A Common Stock, 
Class B Common Stock, the 4.875% Convertible Senior Notes due 2018 (the 4.875% Notes) and the 3.0% Convertible Senior 
Notes due 2027 (the 3.0% Notes) remain obligations and securities of SBG and are not obligations or securities of STG.  SBG 
was the obligor of the 6.0% Notes until they were fully redeemed in 2011.  SBG is a guarantor under the Bank Credit Agreement, 
the 9.25% Notes and the 8.375% Notes.     

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW 

2011 Events 

 

 
 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 
 
 
 

 

 
 

 
 
 
 

In January, the put right period for the 4.875% Notes expired and no holders of the remaining $5.7 million outstanding 
exercised put rights.  There are no further put rights through final maturity on July 15, 2018; 
In January, we extended our program service arrangement with MyNetworkTV until Fall 2014; 
In January, we entered into a multi-year retransmission consent agreement with Bright House Networks, LLC for the 
carriage of six of the stations owned and/or operated by us in four markets; 
In February, our Board of Directors reinstated our quarterly dividend, declaring a quarterly dividend of $0.12 per share; 
In  February,  we  entered  into  a  multi-year  retransmission  consent  agreement  with  Time  Warner  Cable  for  continued 
carriage of the 28 stations owned and/or operated by us in 17 markets; 
In February, revenue related to the Super Bowl, which aired on our 20 FOX affiliates was $6.2 million, a 26.5% increase 
from revenue generated in 2008, the last time FOX aired the Super Bowl; 
In March, we entered into an amendment of our Bank Credit Agreement.  Under the amendment, we paid down $45.0 
million of the outstanding $270.0 million balance of our Term Loan B.  The Term Loan B maturity was extended one 
year to October 29, 2016 and we established a $115.0 million Term Loan A that matures March 15, 2016; 
In April, we redeemed, in full, the outstanding $70.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 6.0% Notes; 
In April, we reached an agreement with Comcast Corporation for a multi-year retransmission consent agreement for the 
continued carriage of the 36 stations in 22 markets owned and/or operated by us or to which we provide sales services; 
In  April,  we  entered  into  a  multi-year  retransmission  consent  agreement  with  Cox  Communications  for  continued 
carriage of the eight stations owned and/or operated by us in five markets; 
In May, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.12 per share; 
In May, we purchased the Ring of Honor wrestling franchise; 
In August, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.12 per share; 
In  July,  we  entered  into  a  renewal  of  10  affiliation  agreements  with  The  CW  (CW)  which  represents  all  of  the  CW 
affiliates which we own, program or provide sales services to, effective September 1, 2011 and expiring August 31, 2016; 
In September, we entered into a definitive agreement to purchase the assets of Four Points for $200.0 million.  Four 
Points  owned  and  operated  seven  stations  in  four  markets.    Effective  October  1,  2011,  we  were  providing  sales, 
programming and management services for the stations in consideration of both service fees and performance incentives 
pursuant  to  a  LMA  until  the  closing  of  the  acquisition.    On  January  3,  2012,  we  closed  the  asset  acquisition  of  Four 
Points, with an effective date of January 1, 2012; 
In September, we repurchased, in the open market, $3.9 million aggregate principal amount of our 8.375% Notes; 
In  September, we  extended  our LMA  for  WTTA-TV  in Tampa,  Florida  with  Bay Television  Inc.  until December  31, 
2018; 
In October,  we repurchased, in the open market, $8.6 million aggregate principal amount of our 8.375% Notes; 
In October, we extended our LMA for WNYS-TV in Syracuse, New York until December 31, 2015; 
In November, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.12 per share; 
In November, we entered into a definitive agreement to purchase the broadcast assets of Freedom for $385.0 million.  
Freedom owns and operates eight stations in seven markets.  We expect the transaction to close late in the first quarter 
or early in the second quarter of 2012 subject to approval by the FCC.  Effective December 1, 2011, we began providing 
sales, programming and management services for the stations in consideration of service fees pursuant to a LMA; 

2011 Annual Report  9  

 
 
 
 
 
 

In  December,  we  further  amended  certain  terms  of,  and  raised  additional  commitments  under  our  Bank  Credit 
Agreement  in  order  to  fund  the  acquisition  of  the  Four  Points  and  Freedom  stations.    We  raised  $530.0  million  of 
incremental term loan commitments, which consisted of an additional $372.5 million Term Loan B commitment and an 
additional  $157.5  million  Term  Loan  A  commitment.    We  increased  our  revolving  line  of  credit  (Revolving  Credit 
Facility)  from  $75.4  million  to  $97.5  million  and  extended  the  maturity  from  2013  to  be  coterminous  with  the  Term 
Loan A maturity of March 2016 and reduced the revolver pricing from 4.00% with a 2.00% LIBOR floor to 2.25% and 
no LIBOR floor.  We will begin to incur fees on the undrawn commitments beginning January 17, 2012.  The fees are 
calculated based on an annual rate of 0.5% for the Term Loan A, which will increase to 1.0% after March 30, 2012, and 
1.5%  for  the  Term  Loan  B  which  will  increase  to  3.0%  after  March  30,  2012.   If  we  do  not  complete  the  Freedom 
acquisition and draw on the remaining commitments by July 1, 2012, the commitments will expire; and 

  Excluding political, local revenues have increased 7.5% during 2011, primarily due to higher advertising spending by the 
domestic auto manufacturers, grocery, retail and medical, as well as, service fees earned related to the Four Points and 
Freedom LMAs in the fourth quarter.  National revenues have decreased 5.9% during 2011, primarily due to declines in 
spending by the telecommunications, fast food, direct response, insurance companies, and reduced media spending by 
other forms of media.  Production, selling and general and administrative expenses combined have increased 7.6% over 
the same period primarily due to higher reverse network compensation and license fees, and Freedom and Four Points 
LMA payroll related costs in the fourth quarter. 

2012 Events  

 

 

In January, we closed the asset acquisition of Four Points for $200.0 million, and financed the acquisition with a $180.0 
million draw under a recently raised incremental Term B Loan commitment under our amended Bank Credit Agreement 
plus a $20.0 million cash escrow previously paid; and 
In February, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.12 per share. 

Industry Trends 

  Political advertising increases in even-numbered years, such as 2010, due to the advertising expenditures from candidates 
running  in  local  and  national  elections  and  issue-related  advertiser  spending.    In  addition,  political  revenue  has 
consistently risen between presidential election or mid-term election years such as from 2004 to 2008 or from 2006 to 
2010, respectively.  In every fourth year, such as 2008, political advertising is usually elevated further due to presidential 
elections.  However, due to the contentious mid-term elections our political revenues in 2010 not only exceeded 2006 
results, but exceeded 2008 presidential election year revenues as well;  

  The FCC has permitted broadcast television stations to use their digital spectrum for a wide variety of services including 

multi-channel broadcasts.  The FCC “must-carry” rules only apply to a station’s primary digital stream;   

  We, as well as a number of other broadcasters, have joined together in organizations such as the OMVC, M500 and the 
MCV  to  focus  on  efforts  to  accelerate  the  nationwide  availability  of  mobile  DTV  service  and  work  through 
programming,  distribution  and  aggregation  opportunities.    There  is  potential  for  broadcasters  to  create  an  additional 
revenue stream by providing their signals to mobile devices as well as through other multi-channel initiatives; 

  Retransmission  consent  rules  provide  a  mechanism  for  broadcasters  to  seek  payment  from  MVPDs  who  carry 
broadcasters’ signals.  Recognition of the value of the programming content provided by broadcasters, including local 
news and other programming and network programming all in HD has generated increased local revenues;  

  Automotive-related  advertising  is  a  significant  portion  of  our  total  net  revenues  in  all  periods  presented  and  these 
revenues  trended  downward  in  most  of  2009  due  to  the  economic  turmoil.    However,  this  sector  has  dramatically 
trended upward in 2010 and 2011 due to improved economic conditions; 

  Many other broadcasters are enhancing/upgrading their websites to use the internet to deliver rich media content, such 

 

as newscasts and weather updates, to attract advertisers; 
Seasonal  advertising  increases occur  in  the  second  and  fourth  quarters due to  the  anticipation  of certain  seasonal  and 
holiday spending by consumers; 

  Broadcasters have found ways to increase returns on their news programming initiatives while continuing to maintain 

 

locally produced content through the use of news sharing arrangements; 
Station outsourcing arrangements are becoming more common as broadcasters seek out ways to improve revenues and 
margins; 

  Advertising revenue related to the Olympics occurs in even numbered years and the Super Bowl is aired on a different 

network each year.  Both of these popularly viewed events can have an impact on our advertising revenues; and 

  Compensation  from  networks  to  their  affiliates  in  exchange  for  broadcasting  of  network  programming  has  halted.  

Networks now require compensation from broadcasters for the use of network programming.   

10  Sinclair Broadcast Group 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Sources of Revenues and Costs 

Our operating revenues are derived from local and national advertisers and, to a much lesser extent, from political advertisers.  
Since 2006, we have been generating local revenues from our retransmission consent agreements with MVPDs.  Our revenues 
from local advertisers had seen a continued upward trend until 2008 and 2009 when non-political revenues fell from 2007 due to 
the  economic  recession.    We  saw  an  increase  in  local  revenues  in  2010  and  2011.    Revenues  from  national  advertisers  have 
continued to trend downward when measured as a percentage of total broadcast revenues.  We believe this trend is the result of 
our  focus  on  increasing  local  advertising  revenues  as  a  percentage  of  total  advertising  revenues,  combined  with  a  decrease  in 
overall spending by national advertisers and an increase in the number of competitive media outlets providing national advertisers 
multiple  alternatives  in  which  to  advertise  their  goods  or  services.    Our  efforts  to  mitigate  the  effect  of  these  increasingly 
competitive  media  outlets  for  national  advertisers  include  continuing  our  efforts  to  increase  local  revenues  and  developing 
innovative sales and marketing strategies to sell traditional and non-traditional services to our advertisers including the success of 
multi-channel  digital  initiatives  together  with  mobile  DTV.    In  addition,  our  revenue  success  is  dependent  on  the  success  and 
advertising spending levels of the automotive industry. 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES 

This  discussion  and  analysis  of  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  is  based  on  our  consolidated  financial 
statements  which  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States.    The 
preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amount of assets, 
liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities.  On an on-going basis, we evaluate our 
estimates including those related to bad debts, program contract costs, intangible assets, income taxes, property and equipment, 
investments and derivative contracts.  We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are 
believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying 
values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.  These estimates have been consistently applied for 
all years presented in this report and in the past we have not experienced material differences between these estimates and actual 
results.  However, because future events and their effects cannot be determined with certainty, actual results could differ from our 
estimates and such differences could be material.   

We  have  identified  the  policies  below  as  critical  to  our  business  operations  and  to  the  understanding  of  our  results  of 
operations.  For a detailed discussion of the application of these and other accounting policies, see Note 1. Nature of Operations and 
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements.  

Valuation  of  Goodwill,  Long-Lived  Assets,  Intangible  Assets  and  Equity  and  Cost  Method  Investments.    We  periodically  evaluate  our 
goodwill, broadcast licenses, long-lived assets, intangible assets and equity and cost method investments for potential impairment 
indicators.    Our  judgments  regarding  the  existence  of  impairment  indicators  are  based  on  estimated  future  cash  flows,  market 
conditions, operating performance of our stations, legal factors and other various qualitative factors.   

We have determined our broadcast licenses to be indefinite-lived intangible assets in accordance with the accounting guidance 
for goodwill and other intangible assets, which requires such assets along with our goodwill to be tested for impairment on an 
annual basis or more often when certain triggering events occur.  As of December 31, 2011, we had $660.1 million of goodwill, 
$47.0 million in broadcast licenses, and $175.3 million in definite-lived intangibles.  We perform our annual impairment tests for 
goodwill and broadcast licenses at the beginning of the fourth quarter each year.   

We early adopted the recent accounting guidance related to the annual goodwill impairment, which allowed us, beginning with 
our 2011 goodwill impairment test, to first qualitatively assess whether it is more likely than not that goodwill has been impaired.  
As part of our qualitative assessment, we consider the following factors related to the reporting units, where applicable: 

 
 
 

Significant changes in the macroeconomic conditions; 
Significant changes in the regulatory environment;  
Significant changes in the operating model, management, products and services, customer base, cost structure and/or 
margin trends;  

  Comparison of current and prior year operating performance and forecast trends for future operating performance; and 
  The excess of the fair value over carrying value of the reporting units determined in prior quantitative assessments.    

If we conclude that it is more likely than not that a reporting unit is impaired, we will apply the quantitative two-step method.  
Prior to 2011, the annual impairment test for goodwill was performed using the quantitative two-step method, for all reporting 
units.    For  the  annual  impairment  test  for  our  indefinite-lived  intangibles,  broadcast  licenses,  we  also  apply  a  quantitative 
assessment.  Our quantitative assessments for our broadcast licenses and goodwill consist of estimating the fair market value of 
the  broadcast  licenses,  or  the  fair  value  of  our  reporting  units  in  the  case  of  goodwill,  using  a  combination  of  quoted  market 

2011 Annual Report  11  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
prices,  observed  earnings/cash  flow  multiples  paid  for  comparable  television  stations,  discounted  cash  flow  models  and 
appraisals.   We  then  compare  the  estimated fair  market  value  to the  book  value  of  these  assets  to determine  if  an  impairment 
exists.    For  the  broadcast  licenses,  if  the  fair  value  is  less  than  book  value,  we  would  record  the  resulting  impairment.    For 
goodwill, if we determine that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value, we then perform the second step 
which requires allocation of the reporting unit’s fair value to all of its assets and liabilities in a manner similar to a purchase price 
allocation, with any residual fair value being allocated to goodwill to determine the implied fair value.  An impairment charge will 
be recognized only when the implied fair value of a reporting unit’s goodwill is less than its carrying amount.  We aggregate our 
stations  by  market  for  purposes  of  our  goodwill  and  license  impairment  testing  and  we  believe  that  our  markets  are  most 
representative  of  our  broadcast  reporting  units  because  segment  management  views,  manages  and  evaluates  our  stations  on  a 
market basis.  Furthermore, in our markets operated as duopolies, certain costs of operating the stations are shared including the 
use of buildings and equipment, the sales force and administrative personnel.  Our discounted cash flow model is based on our 
judgment  of  future  market  conditions  within  each  designated  marketing  area,  as  well  as  discount  rates  that  would  be  used  by 
market participants in an arms-length transaction.     

For  all  other  long-lived  assets,  including  fixed  assets  and  definite-lived  intangibles,  we  assess  recoverability  of  the  assets 
whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  net  book  value  of  the  assets  may  not  be  recoverable.    If  we 
conclude  that  such  trigger  event  has  occurred,  we  perform  a  two-step  quantitative  test  to  first  assess  whether  the  asset  is 
recoverable  by  comparing  the  sum  of  undiscounted  cash  flows  of  the  asset  group  to  the  carrying  value  of  the  asset  group, 
including goodwill.  If the sum of undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying value of the asset group, we then measure and 
allocate the amount of impairment to record for each of the assets in the asset group by comparing the respective fair value of the 
assets to their carrying values.   

Based on the qualitative assessment performed for the annual goodwill impairment test performed in 2011, we concluded that 
it was more likely than not that the fair values of all reporting units would sufficiently exceed  their carrying value and thus it was 
not  necessary  to  perform  the  quantitative  two-step  method.  The  qualitative  factors  for  our  reporting  units  indicated  stable  or 
improving  margins  and  favorable  or  stable  forecasted  economic  conditions.  Additionally,  the  results  of  prior  quantitative 
assessments supported significant excess fair value over carrying value of our reporting units. Based on quantitative assessments 
performed during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, we recorded impairment on our broadcast licenses and other 
long-lived assets of $0.4 million and $4.8 million, respectively. The $0.4 million interim impairment charge recorded in the first 
quarter  of  2011  was  due  to  anticipated  increase  in  construction  costs  for  one  of  our  stations  as  a  result  of  converting  to  full 
power.  As a result of our annual impairment test for broadcast licenses in 2011, we concluded that impairment did not exist. The 
$4.8 million impairment charge recorded in 2010 was primarily the result of additional cash outflows for increased signal strength 
necessary to maintain competitive market positions.  During the year ended December 31, 2009, we recorded $249.8 million in 
impairment losses on our goodwill, broadcast licenses and other long-lived assets.  Of the $249.8 million in impairment recorded 
in 2009, we recorded $130.1 million in the first quarter of 2009.  We performed an interim impairment test in the first quarter of 
2009 due to the severe economic downturn and continued decrease in our market capitalization.  Accordingly, we made further 
revisions to our forecasted cash flows, cash flow multiples, and discount rates.  The impairment charge taken during the fourth 
quarter  of  2009  was  primarily  due  to  the  continued  deterioration  of  the  economy  which  resulted  in  further  decreases  in  our 
forecasted cash flows and increases in our discount rates.   

The  fair  value  of  our  reporting  units  is  calculated  using  a  combination  of  the  market  approach  using  comparable  market 
multiples and the income approach using a discounted cash flow model for four years and estimating the terminal value of the 
reporting units using a multiple of cash flows.   The fair value of our broadcast licenses is calculated using a discounted cash flow 
model for eight years and estimating the terminal value based on the constant growth model and a compound annual growth rate.  
The key assumptions used to determine the fair value of our reporting units to test our goodwill for impairment and to determine 
the fair value of our broadcast licenses consist of discount rates, revenue and expense growth rates, constant growth rates and 
comparable  business  multiples.    The  revenue,  expense  and  constant  growth  rates  used  in  determining  the  fair  value  of  our 
broadcast licenses have increased slightly from 2010 to 2011.  The growth rates are based on market studies, industry knowledge 
and  historical  performance.    The  discount  rates  used  determine  the  fair  value  of  our  broadcast  licenses  did  not  significantly 
change from 2010 to 2011.  The discount rate is based on a number of factors including market interest rates, a weighted average 
cost of capital analysis based on the target capital structure for a television station, and includes adjustments for market risk and 
company specific risk.     

When factors indicate that there may be a decrease in value of an equity or cost method investment, we assess that investment 
and determine whether a loss in value has occurred.  If that loss is deemed to be other than temporary, an impairment loss is 
recorded.    For  any  investments  that  indicate  a  potential  impairment,  we  estimate  the  fair  value  of  those  investments  using 
discounted cash flow models, unrelated third party valuations or industry comparables, based on the various facts available to us.  
During  2010,  we  recorded  $6.7  million  of  impairment  on  equity  method  investments.    No  impairment  of  our  equity  or  cost 
method investments was recorded in 2011 and 2009. 

12  Sinclair Broadcast Group 

 
 
 
 
 
 
We believe we have made reasonable estimates and utilized appropriate assumptions to evaluate whether it was more likely than 
not  that  the  fair  value  of  our  reporting  units  was  less  than  their  carrying  values,  as  well  as  with  performing  the  quantitative 
impairment assessments discussed previously.  If future results are not consistent with our assumptions and estimates, including 
future  events  such  as  a  deterioration  of  market  conditions  or  significant  increases  in  discount  rates,  we  could  be  exposed  to 
impairment  charges  in  the  future.    Any  resulting  impairment  loss  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  consolidated 
balance sheets, consolidated statements of operations and consolidated statements of cash flows. 

Revenue Recognition.  Advertising revenues, net of agency commissions, are recognized in the period during which commercials 
are aired.  All other revenues are recognized as services are provided.  The revenues realized from station barter arrangements are 
recorded as the programs are aired at the estimated fair value of the advertising airtime given in exchange for the program rights.  
Some  of  our retransmission consent  agreements  contain  both  advertising  and retransmission  consent  elements  that are  paid  in 
cash.    We  have  determined  that  these  agreements  are  revenue  arrangements  with  multiple  deliverables.    Advertising  and 
retransmission consent deliverables sold under our agreements are separated into different units of accounting based on fair value.   
Revenue  applicable  to  the  advertising  element  of  the  arrangement  is  recognized  consistent  with  the  advertising  revenue  policy 
noted  above.    Revenue  applicable  to  the  retransmission  consent  element  of  the  arrangement  is  recognized  over  the  life  of  the 
agreement.   

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts.  We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from extending 
credit  to  our  customers  that  are  unable  to  make  required  payments.    If  the  economy  and/or  the  financial  condition  of  our 
customers  were  to  deteriorate,  resulting  in  an  impairment  of  their  ability  to  make  payments,  additional  allowances  may  be 
required.  For example, a 10% increase in the balance of our allowance for doubtful accounts as of December 31, 2011, would 
increase bad debt expense by approximately $0.3 million.  The allowance for doubtful accounts was $3.0 million and $3.2 million 
as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. 

Program Contract Costs.    We  have  agreements  with  distributors  for  the  rights  to  televise  programming  over  contract  periods, 
which generally run from one to seven years.  Contract payments are made in installments over terms that are generally equal to 
or  shorter  than  the  contract  period.    Each  contract  is  recorded  as  an  asset  and  a  liability  at  an  amount  equal  to  its  gross  cash 
contractual  commitment  when  the  license  period  begins  and  the  program  is  available  for  its  first  showing.    The  portion  of 
program contracts which become payable within one year is reflected as a current liability in the consolidated balance sheets. As 
of December 31, 2011 and 2010, we recorded $54.5 million and $45.7 million, respectively, in program contract assets and $91.5 
million and $97.9 million, respectively, in program contract liabilities. 

The  programming  rights  are  reflected  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  at  the  lower  of  unamortized  cost  or  estimated  net 
realizable  value  (NRV).    Estimated  NRVs  are  based  on  management’s  expectation  of  future  advertising  revenue,  net  of  sales 
commissions, to be generated by the remaining program material available under the contract terms.  Amortization of program 
contract costs is generally computed using a four-year accelerated method or a straight-line method, depending on the length of 
the contract.  Program contract costs estimated by management to be amortized within one year are classified as current assets.  
Program  contract  liabilities  are  typically  paid  on  a  scheduled  basis  and  are  not  reflected  by  adjustments  for  amortization  or 
estimated NRV.  If our estimate of future advertising revenues declines, then additional write downs to NRV may be required.   

Income Tax.  We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the differences between the financial statements carrying 
amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities.  As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, we recorded $4.9 million and $9.7 million, 
respectively,  in  deferred tax assets  and  $247.6  million  and  $210.3  million,  respectively,  in deferred  tax  liabilities.   We  provide  a 
valuation allowance for deferred tax assets if we determine, based on the weight of all available evidence, that it is more likely than 
not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.  As of December 31, 2011, valuation allowances have been 
provided for a substantial amount of our available state net operating losses.  Management periodically performs a comprehensive 
review of our tax positions and accrues amounts for tax contingencies.  Based on these reviews, the status of ongoing audits and 
the  expiration  of  applicable  statute  of  limitations,  accruals  are  adjusted  as  necessary  in  accordance  with  income  tax  accounting 
guidance. 

2011 Annual Report  13  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

In  December  2010,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (FASB)  issued  amended  guidance  with  respect  to  goodwill 
impairment.  The amended guidance requires that step two of the goodwill impairment test be performed if the carrying amount 
of  a  reporting  unit  is  zero  or  negative  and  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  a  goodwill  impairment  exists  based  on  any  adverse 
qualitative factors including an evaluation of the triggering circumstances noted in the guidance.  The change is effective for fiscal 
years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2010.  This guidance did not have a material impact on 
our consolidated financial statements. 

In  May  2011,  the  FASB  issued  new  guidance  for  fair  value  measurements.    The  purpose  of  the  new  guidance  is  to  have  a 
consistent  definition  of  fair  value  between U.S.  Generally Accepted  Accounting  Principles (GAAP)  and  International  Financial 
Reporting  Standards  (IFRS).    Many  of  the  amendments  to  GAAP  are  not  expected  to  have  a  significant  impact  on  practice; 
however,  the  new  guidance  does  require  new  and  enhanced  disclosure  about  fair  value  measurements.    The  amendments  are 
effective  for  interim  and  annual  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2011  and  should  be  applied  prospectively.    We  do  not 
believe that this guidance will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements but may require changes to our fair 
value disclosures. 

In June 2011, the FASB issued new guidance on the presentation of comprehensive income in the financial statements.  The 
new guidance does not make any changes to the components that are recognized in net income or other comprehensive income 
but rather allows an entity to choose whether to present items of net income and other comprehensive income in one continuous 
statement or in two separate but consecutive statements.  Each component of net income and other comprehensive income along 
with  their  respective  totals  would  need  to  be  displayed  under  either  alternative.    The  new  guidance  is  effective  for  fiscal  years 
beginning after December 15, 2011.  We adopted this guidance during the year ended December 31, 2011, which did not have a 
material impact on our consolidated financial statements.   

In September 2011, the FASB issued the final Accounting Standards Update for goodwill impairment testing.  The standard 
allows  an  entity  to  first  consider  qualitative  factors  when  deciding  whether  it  is  necessary  to  perform  the  current  two-step 
goodwill impairment test.  An entity would need to perform step-one if it determines qualitatively that it is more-likely-than-not 
that  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  is  less  than  its  carrying  amount.    The  changes  are  effective  prospectively  for  annual  and 
interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011.  We adopted this new guidance 
in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2011  in  completing  our  annual  impairment  analysis.    This  guidance  impacted  how  we  performed  our 
annual goodwill impairment testing; however, it did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements as it did 
not result in any impairments for the fourth quarter of 2011.  See Note 4. Goodwill, Broadcast Licenses and Other Intangible Assets for 
further discussion of the results of our goodwill impairment analysis.   

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

In general, this discussion is related to the results of our continuing operations, except for discussions regarding our cash flows, 
which also include the results of our discontinued operations.  Unless otherwise indicated, references in this discussion to 2011, 
2010 and 2009 are to our fiscal years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  Additionally, any references to the 
first,  second,  third  or  fourth  quarters  are  to  the  three  months  ended  March  31,  June  30,  September  30  and  December  31, 
respectively, for the year being discussed.   We have two reportable segments, “broadcast” and “other operating divisions” that 
are disclosed separately from our corporate activities.   

Seasonality/Cyclicality 

Our operating results are usually subject to seasonal fluctuations.  Usually, the second and fourth quarter operating results are 
higher  than  the  first  and  third  quarters  because  advertising  expenditures  are  increased  in  anticipation  of  certain  seasonal  and 
holiday spending by consumers.   

Our operating results are usually subject to fluctuations from political advertising.  In even numbered years, political spending is 
usually  significantly  higher  than  in  odd  numbered  years  due  to  advertising  expenditures  preceding  local  and  national  elections.  
Additionally,  every  four  years,  political  spending  is  elevated  further  due  to  advertising  expenditures  preceding  the  presidential 
election.   

14  Sinclair Broadcast Group 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating Data 

The following table sets forth certain of our operating data from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 

2010 and 2009 (in millions).  For definitions of terms, see the footnotes to the table in Item 6. Selected Financial Data.   

Net broadcast revenues 
Revenues realized from station barter arrangements 
Other operating divisions revenues 
Total revenues 
Station production expenses 
Station selling, general and administrative expenses 
Expenses recognized from station barter arrangements 
Depreciation and amortization 
Gain on asset exchange 
Other operating divisions expenses 
Corporate general and administrative expenses 
Impairment of goodwill, intangible and other assets  
Operating income (loss)  
Net income (loss) attributable to Sinclair Broadcast Group 

$  

$  
$  

2011 
648.0 
72.8 
44.5 
765.3 
178.6 
123.9 
65.7 
103.3 
— 
39.5 
28.3 
0.4 
225.6 
75.8 

BROADCAST SEGMENT 

Broadcast Revenues 

$   

$   

Years Ended December 31, 
2010 
655.8 
75.2 
36.6 
767.6 
154.1 
127.1 
67.1 
116.0 
— 
30.9 
26.8 
4.8 
240.8 
76.1 

$  
$  

$  
$  

2009 
555.1 
58.2 
43.7 
657.0 
142.4 
122.8 
48.1 
138.4 
(4.9) 
45.5 
25.6 
249.8 
(110.7) 
(135.7) 

The following table presents our revenues from continuing operations, net of agency commissions, for the three years ended 

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 (in millions): 

$  

Local revenues: 

Non-political  
Political 
Total local 
National revenues: 
Non-political 
Political 
Total national 

Total net broadcast revenues 

$  

2011 

498.7 
2.5 
501.2 

141.0 
5.8 
146.8 
648.0 

2010 

464.0 
12.8 
476.8 

149.8 
29.2 
179.0 
655.8 

$  

$  

2009 

’11 vs. ‘10 

’10 vs. ‘09 

Percent Change 

$  

$  

410.7 
2.3 
413.0 

137.5 
4.6 
142.1 
555.1 

7.5% 
(a) 
5.1% 

(5.9%) 
(a) 
(18.0%) 
(1.2%) 

13.0% 
(a) 
15.4% 

8.9% 
(a) 
26.0% 
18.1% 

(a)  Political  revenue  is  not  comparable  from  year  to  year  due  to  the  cyclicality  of  elections.    See  Political  Revenues  below  for  more 

information.   

Our largest categories of advertising and their approximate percentages of 2011 net time sales, which includes the advertising 
portion  of  our  local  and  national  revenues,  were  automotive  (20.9%),  professional  services  (16.1%),  schools  (8.6%),  fast  food 
(6.7%), retail/department stores (5.5%) and paid programming (5.1%).  No other advertising category accounted for more than 
5.0%  of  our  net  time  sales  in  2011.    No  advertiser  accounted  for  more  than  1.2%  of  our  consolidated  revenue  in  2011.    We 
conduct business with thousands of advertisers.   

Our  primary types  of  programming and  their  approximate percentages  of 2011  net  time sales  were  syndicated  programming 
(39.5%),  network  programming  (25.6%),  local  news  (19.6%),  sports  programming  (8.5%)  and  direct  advertising  programming 
(6.8%). 

2011 Annual Report  15  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
From a network affiliation or program service arrangement perspective, the following table sets forth our affiliate percentages 

of net time sales for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010: 

FOX 
ABC 
MyNetworkTV 
The CW 
CBS 
NBC 
Digital  
Total  

# of 
Stations(a) 
20 
9 
16 
10 
2 
1 
(b)  
58 

Percent of Net Time Sales for the 
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 

2011 

2010 

47.4%  
20.5%  
15.8% 
12.4% 
3.0% 
0.5% 
0.4% 

45.5% 
21.9% 
15.8% 
13.0% 
3.0% 
0.7% 
0.1% 

Net Time Sales  
Percent Change 

’11 vs. ‘10 
(2.1%) 
(11.8%) 
(5.8%) 
(10.9%) 
(7.4%) 
(23.2%) 
215.2% 

’10 vs. ‘09 
17.7% 
27.4% 
7.4% 
6.3% 
23.4% 
8.3% 
12.5% 

(a)  During the fourth quarter of 2011, we entered into definitive agreements to purchase the assets of Four Points and Freedom.  As of 
December 31, 2011, we were operating the Four Points and Freedom stations pursuant to LMAs.  On January 3, 2012, we closed the 
asset acquisition of Four Points, with an effective date of January 1, 2012.  We expect to close on the Freedom stations late in the first 
quarter  or  early  in  the  second  quarter  of  2012.    The  Four  Points  and  Freedom  stations  include  the  following  network  affiliations, 
which are not reflected in the station totals above: CBS (7 stations), ABC (2 stations), The CW (3 stations), MyNetworkTV (2 stations) 
and  Azteca  (1  station).    The  net  time  sales  of  the  Four  Points  and  Freedom  stations  are  not  included  in  our  revenues  for  the  year 
ended  December  31,  2011.    We  have  recognized  $10.8  million  in  net  broadcast  revenues  and  $7.7  million  of  station  production 
expenses related to the services performed pursuant to the LMAs.  The stations’ net time sales will be included in our revenues after 
we complete the acquisitions. 

(b)  We broadcast programming from network affiliations or program service arrangements with TheCoolTV, The Country Network, CBS 
(rebroadcasted  content  from  other  primary  channels  within  the  same  markets),  The  CW,  MyNetworkTV,  This  TV,  LATV,  Azteca, 
Telemundo and Estrella on additional channels through our stations’ second and third digital signals. 

Net Broadcast Revenues.  From a revenue category standpoint, 2011 when compared to 2010 was impacted by increases in most of 
the advertising sectors as the country’s economic conditions in general continued to strengthen.  Automotive, our largest category 
in 2011, was up 9.7% compared to 2010 as automotive dealers and manufacturers increased spending in response to an increase in 
auto sales. 

From a revenue category standpoint, 2010 when compared to 2009 was impacted by increases in most of the advertising sectors 
as the country’s economic conditions in general began to strengthen.  Automotive, our largest category in 2010, was up 36.9% 
compared to 2009 as automotive dealers and manufacturers increased spending in response to an increase in auto sales.  

Political  Revenues.  Political  revenues,  which  include  time  sales  from  political  advertising,  decreased  by  $33.7  million  to  $8.3 
million for 2011 when compared to 2010.  Political revenues increased by $35.1 million to $42.0 million for 2010 when compared 
to  2009.   Political  revenues  are  typically  higher  in  election  years  such  as  2010.    Accordingly,  we  expect  political  revenues  to 
increase in 2012 from 2011 levels.   

Local  Revenues.    Excluding  political  revenues,  our  local  broadcast  revenues,  which  include  local  times  sales,  retransmission 
revenues  and  other  local  revenues,  were  up  $34.6  million  for  2011,  compared  to  2010.    The  increase  is  due  to  an  increase  in 
advertising  spending  particularly  in  the  automotive  sector,  an  increase  in  retransmission  revenues  from  MVPDs  and  amounts 
earned for services performed pursuant to the Four Points and Freedom LMAs.  Excluding political revenues, our local broadcast 
revenues,  which  include  local  times  sales,  retransmission  revenues  and  other  local  revenues,  were  up  $53.4  million  for  2010, 
compared to 2009.  The increase is due to an increase in advertising spending particularly in the automotive sector and an increase 
in retransmission revenues from MVPDs.   

National Revenues.  Our  national  broadcast  revenues,  excluding  political  revenues,  which  include  national  time  sales  and  other 
national revenues, were down $8.8 million for 2011 when compared to 2010.  This was primarily due to a decrease in advertising 
spending  by  the  media  spending,  telecommunications,  home  products,  professional  services  and  movies  sectors.    Excluding 
political revenues, our national broadcast revenues, were up $12.3 million for 2010 when compared to 2009.  This was primarily 
due to the amplified decline in 2009 from the effects of the recent recession and a rebound in advertising spending in 2010 along 
with the assistance from an improved automotive sector.   

16  Sinclair Broadcast Group 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Broadcast Expenses 

The  following  table  presents  our  significant  operating  expense  categories  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2011,  2010  and 

2009 (in millions): 

Station production expenses 
Station selling, general and 
administrative expenses 
Amortization of program 
contract costs and net 
realizable value adjustments 

Corporate general and 

administrative expenses 
Gain on insurance settlement 
Gain on asset exchange 
Impairment of goodwill, 

intangible and other assets 

2011 
178.6 

  $ 

2010 
154.1 

  $ 

2009 
142.4 

  $ 

Percent Change 
(Increase/(Decrease)) 

’11 vs. ‘10 
15.9% 

’10 vs. ‘09 
8.2% 

  $  

123.9 

  $   127.1 

  $   122.8 

(2.5%) 

3.5% 

  $  

52.1 

  $  

60.9 

  $  

73.1 

(14.4%) 

(16.7%) 

  $  
  $ 
  $ 

24.8 
1.7 
— 

  $  
  $ 
  $ 

23.7 
0.3 
— 

  $  
  $ 
  $  

8.6 
— 
4.9 

4.6% 
466.7% 
—% 

175.6% 
100.0% 
(100.0%) 

  $ 

0.4 

  $ 

4.8 

  $ 

249.6 

(91.7%) 

(98.1%) 

Station production expenses.  Station production expenses for 2011 increased compared to 2010. This increase was primarily due to 
an increase in fees pursuant to network affiliation agreements, increased compensation expense (including amounts related to the 
Four Points and Freedom stations), increased promotional advertising expenses and increased rating service fees due to annual 
scheduled rate increases.  Additionally, news profit share expenses increased due to better news performance which resulted in 
higher payments to our news share partners. 

Station  production  expenses  for  2010  increased  compared  to  2009.  This  increase  was  primarily  due  to  an  increase  in  fees 
pursuant  to  network  affiliation  agreements,  increased  promotional  advertising  expenses,  increased  compensation  expense  and 
increased maintenance costs to remove analog equipment.  Additionally, news profit share expenses increased due to increased 
news  performance  which  resulted  in  higher  payments  to  our  news  share  partner  pursuant  to  news  share  arrangements  with 
another broadcaster.  These increases were partially offset by a decrease in electric expense due to the digital signal conversion in 
June 2009 and cessation of analog transmission. 

Station selling, general and administrative expenses.  Station selling, general and administrative expenses decreased for 2011 compared 
to 2010.  This decrease was primarily due to lower non-income based tax expense, a decrease in stock-based compensation and 
decreased  national  sales  agency  and  local  commission  costs.    These  decreases  were  partially  offset  by  an  increase  in  expenses 
related to rollout of expanded digital product offerings.    

Station selling, general and administrative expenses increased for 2010 compared to 2009.  This increase was primarily due to 
higher national sales representative and local commissions costs due to an increase in sales and increased non-income based tax 
expenses.  These increases were partially offset by decreased trade transaction expense and bad debt expense.    

We expect 2012 station production and station selling, general and administrative expenses, excluding barter, to trend higher 

than our 2011 results. 

Amortization  of  program  contract  costs  and  net  realizable  value  adjustments.   The  amortization  of  program  contract  costs  decreased 
during 2011 compared to 2010 and 2010 compared to 2009.  Over the past few years, we have purchased more barter and short-
term  program  contracts  which  are  less  expensive  and  result  in  lower  contract  cost  amortization.    We  expect  program  contract 
amortization to increase in 2012 compared to 2011. 

Corporate general and administrative expenses.  See explanation under Corporate and Unallocated Expenses 

Gain on insurance settlement.  In  the  third  quarter  2010,  our  building  for  WCGV-TV  and  WVTV-TV  in  Milwaukee,  Wisconsin 
flooded due to massive storms.  In the first quarter 2011, we recognized a gain on insurance settlement of $1.7 million related to 
repairing the building and replacing certain equipment. 

Gain on asset exchange.  During  2009,  we  recognized  a  non-cash  gain  of  $4.9  million  from  the  exchange  of  equipment  under 
agreements  with  Sprint  Nextel  Corporation  and  in  association  with  the  FCC’s  decision  to  allow  Sprint  Nextel  Corporation  to 
utilize our vacated analog spectrum in exchange for the new digital equipment.  We received all applicable equipment pursuant to 
the agreement in 2009. 

2011 Annual Report  17  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impairment of goodwill, intangible and other assets.  We completed our annual test of goodwill and broadcast licenses for impairment 
in  fourth  quarter  2011,  2010  and  2009.    Due  to  the  severity  of  the  economic  downturn  and  the  decrease  of  our  market 
capitalization,  we  also  tested  our  goodwill  and  broadcast  licenses  for  impairment  during  the  first  quarter  2009.    See  Note  4. 
Goodwill, Broadcast Licenses and Other Intangible Assets,  in  the  Notes  to  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements.    During  2011,  we 
recorded impairments of $0.4 million related to our broadcast licenses.  During 2010, we recorded impairments of $4.8 million 
related to our broadcast licenses and other assets.  During 2009, we recorded impairments of $164.2 million and $80.4 million 
related to our goodwill and broadcast licenses and other assets, respectively.   

OTHER OPERATING DIVISIONS SEGMENT REVENUE AND EXPENSE 

The following table presents our other operating divisions segment revenue and expenses which is comprised of the following 
for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 (in millions): Triangle Signs & Services, LLC (Triangle), a sign designer 
and  fabricator;  Alarm  Funding  Associates,  LLC.  (Alarm  Funding),  a  regional  security  alarm  operating  and  bulk  acquisition 
company;  real  estate  ventures  and  other  nominal  businesses.    Also  included  in  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009  is  G1440 
Holdings,  Inc.  (G1440),  an  information  technology  staffing,  consulting  and  software  development  company  and  Acrodyne 
Communications, Inc. (Acrodyne Communications), a manufacturer of television transmissions systems.  We divested of G1440 
and Acrodyne Communications during the year ended 2009. 

2011 

2010 

2009 

’11 vs. ‘10 

’10 vs. ‘09 

Percent Change 

Revenues: 
Triangle 
Alarm Funding 
Real Estate Ventures and 

other 
  G1440 
  Acrodyne Communications 

Expenses: (a) 
Triangle 
Alarm Funding 
Real Estate Ventures and 

other 
  G1440 
  Acrodyne Communications 

  $  
  $  

  $ 
  $  
  $  

  $  
  $  

  $ 
  $  
  $  

23.1 
12.8 

8.6 
— 
— 

21.8 
12.7 

12.3 
— 
— 

  $  
  $  

  $ 
  $  
  $  

  $  
  $  

  $ 
  $  
  $  

19.1 
10.0 

7.5 
— 
— 

19.8 
8.0 

9.8 
— 
— 

  $  
  $  

  $ 
  $  
  $  

  $  
  $  

  $ 
  $  
  $  

20.4 
6.7 

5.7 
6.7 
4.2 

20.6 
5.8 

8.5 
8.5 
6.8 

20.9% 
28.0% 

14.7% 
—% 
—% 

10.1% 
58.8% 

25.5% 
—% 
—% 

(6.4%) 
49.3% 

31.6% 
(100.0%) 
(100.0%) 

(3.9%) 
37.9% 

15.3% 
(100.0%) 
(100.0%) 

(a)  Comprises  total  expenses  of  the  entity  including  other  operating  divisions  expenses,  depreciation  and  amortization  and  applicable 
other  income  (expense)  items  such  as  interest  expense  and  non-cash  stock-based  compensation  expense  related  to  issuances  of 
subsidiary stock awards. 

The increase in Triangle’s revenue and expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011 is primarily due to an increase in sales 
volume.  The increase in Alarm Funding’s revenue is primarily due to the acquisition of new alarm monitoring contracts and the 
expansion of sales efforts.  The increase in Alarm Funding’s expense is primarily due to higher sales and non-cash stock-based 
compensation  expense  related  to  the  issuance  of  subsidiary  stock  awards.    Revenues  have  increased  for  our  consolidated  real 
estate ventures due to an increase in leasing activity for operating real estate properties.  The increase in expenses for our other 
investments is primarily related to the start-up costs associated with our new investment in the Ring of Honor wrestling franchise 
and the issuance of subsidiary stock awards.  As of December 31, 2011, we held $53.2 million of real estate for development and 
sale. 

Income (loss) from Equity and Cost Method Investments.  As of December 31, 2011, the carrying value of our investments in private 
equity  funds  and  real  estate  ventures  was  $26.3  million  and  $52.6  million,  respectively.    Results  from  these  investments  are 
included in income (loss) from equity and cost method investments in our consolidated statements of operations.  During 2011, 
we recorded income of $2.3 million related to certain private equity funds and income of $1.0 million related to our real estate 
ventures, including a $1.1 million gain on the sale of one of our real estate ventures.  During 2010, we determined three of our 
investments were impaired, primarily due to decreases in the underlying values of our real estate investments, and we recorded 
impairments  totaling  $6.7  million.    Additionally,  during  2010,  we  recorded  losses  of  $1.7  million  related  to  other  real  estate 
ventures and income of $3.6 million related to certain private equity funds.  During 2009, we recorded income of $0.4 million 
primarily related to certain private equity funds.   

18  Sinclair Broadcast Group 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE AND UNALLOCATED EXPENSES 

Percent Change 
(Increase/(Decrease)) 

2011 

2010 

2009 

’11 vs. ‘10 

’10 vs. ‘09 

Corporate general and 

administrative expenses 

Interest expense 
(Loss) gain from extinguishment 

of debt 

Income tax (provision) benefit  

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

2.4 
102.4 

(4.8) 
(44.8) 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

2.2 
114.1 

(6.3) 
(40.2) 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

16.0 
78.5 

18.5 
32.5 

9.1% 
(10.3%) 

(23.8%) 
11.4% 

(86.3%) 
45.4% 

(134.1%) 
(223.7%) 

Corporate  general  and  administrative  expenses.    We  allocate  most  of  our  corporate  general  and  administrative  expenses  to  the 
broadcast segment.  The explanation that follows combines corporate general and administrative expenses found in the Broadcast 
Segment  section  with  the  corporate  general  and  administrative  expenses  found  in  this  section,  Corporate and Unallocated Expenses.  
These  results  exclude  general  and  administrative  costs  from  our  other  operating  divisions  segment  which  are  included  in  our 
discussion of expenses in the Other Operating Divisions Segment section.   

Combined corporate general and administrative expenses increased to $27.2 million in 2011 from $25.9 million in 2010.  This is 
primarily  due  to  an  increase  in  employee  bonuses,  stock-based  compensation  from  the  issuance  of  stock-settled  appreciation 
rights and the issuance of restricted and unrestricted common stock at higher stock prices when compared to 2010.  The increases 
were partially offset by lower health and other insurance costs. 

Combined corporate general and administrative expenses increased to $25.9 million in 2010 from $24.6 million in 2009.  This is 
primarily  due  to  a  2010  increase  in  compensation  expense  including  an  increase  in  executive  bonuses  and  stock-based 
compensation  related  to  stock-settled  appreciation  rights  at  higher  stock  prices  when  compared  to  2010.    The  increases  were 
partially offset by a reduction in health and other insurance costs as well as accounting and legal fees. 

We expect corporate general and administrative expenses to increase in 2012 compared to 2011. 

Interest expense.  Interest  expense  decreased  in  2011  compared  to  2010  primarily  due  to  our  amending  and  restating  the  Bank 
Credit Agreement in third quarter 2010 and the first quarter 2011, resulting in lower interest rates.  In addition, interest expense 
decreased due to the redemption of our 8.0% Notes in fourth quarter 2010, our 6.0% Notes in 2010 and second quarter 2011.  
These decreases were partially offset by certain financing costs recorded as interest expense during 2011 and 2010 of $6.1 million 
and  $3.6  million,  respectively,  related  to  the  amendments  to  the  Bank  Credit  Agreement,  mentioned  previously,  as  well  as  the 
amendment in the fourth quarter 2011.  (See Liquidity and Capital Resources below for more information).   

The increase in interest expense in 2010 compared to 2009 was primarily due to the debt refinancings in fourth quarter 2009 
and during 2010.  As part of these comprehensive debt refinancings, we issued new 9.25% Notes in fourth quarter 2009, amended 
and restated our Bank Credit Agreement in fourth quarter 2009 and issued new 8.375% Notes in fourth quarter 2010, all of which 
accrued  interest  at  higher  rates  than  the  debt  replaced.    Additionally,  in  the  third  quarter  2010,  we  further  amended  our  Bank 
Credit  Agreement.    Our  interest  rate  was  reduced,  however,  certain  costs  amounting  to  $3.7  million  associated  with  the 
amendment were expensed as interest.  These increases were partially offset by the redemption or partial redemption of our 8.0% 
Notes, 6.0% Notes and our 3.0% Notes and 4.875% Notes.  

We expect interest expense to increase in 2012 compared to 2011 due to the acquisition financing.   

(Loss) gain from extinguishment of debt.  During the year ended December 31, 2011, we amended our Bank Credit Agreement and 
paid  down  a  portion  of  our  Term  Loan  B,  completed  the  redemption  of  all  $70.0  million  of  the  remaining  6.0%  Notes  and 
repurchased certain of our 8.375% Notes, resulting in a loss of $4.8 million from extinguishment of debt.   

During  2010,  through  a  combination  of  tender  offers,  the  exercise  of  holder  put  rights,  and  open  market  repurchases,  we 
redeemed $64.1 million, $31.3 million and $22.3 million of our 6.0% Notes, 4.875% Notes and 3.0% Notes, respectively, resulting 
in a loss on extinguishment of $3.2 million, $0.5 million and $0.1 million, respectively.  Additionally, we made a prepayment on 
our Term Loan B in second quarter 2010 and amended our Term Loan B in third quarter 2010, resulting in a loss of $3.1 million 
from  extinguishment  of  debt.    During  fourth  quarter,  we  redeemed  $224.7  million  in  principal  amount  of  our  8.0%  Notes, 
resulting in a gain of $0.7 million from extinguishment of debt.   

During 2009, we redeemed $266.6 million and $106.5 million face value of the 3.0% Notes and 4.875% Notes, respectively, 
resulting  in  a  gain  of  $0.4  million  and  $0.2  million,  respectively,  from  extinguishment  of  debt.    We  repurchased,  in  the  open 

2011 Annual Report  19  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
market,  $1.0  million  face  value  of  the  6.0%  Notes  and  $50.7  million  face  value  of  the  3.0%  Notes,  resulting  in  a  gain  of  $0.4 
million and $18.5 million, respectively, from extinguishment of debt.   

Income tax (provision) benefit.  The 2011 income tax provision for our pre-tax income from continuing operations (including the 
effects of the noncontrolling interest) of $121.0 million resulted in an effective tax rate of 37.0%.  The 2010 income tax provision 
for our pre-tax income from continuing operations (including the effects of the noncontrolling interest) of $117.0 million resulted 
in an effective tax rate of 34.4%.  The increase in the effective tax rate from 2011 to 2010 is primarily due to a $2.3 million 2010 
tax  benefit  predominantly  resulting  from  a  change  in  estimate  related  to  an  increased  deduction  for  the  recovery  of  historical 
losses attributable to a disposition that took place in 2009.   

 As of December 31, 2011, we had a net deferred tax liability of $242.6 million as compared to a net deferred tax liability of 
$200.7 million as of December 31, 2010.  The increase primarily relates to an increase in net deferred tax liabilities associated with 
book and tax differences attributable to the amortization of intangible and broadcast license assets. 

The 2010 income tax provision for our pre-tax income from continuing operations (including the effects of the noncontrolling 
interest)  of  $117.0  million  resulted  in  an  effective  tax  rate  of  34.4%.    The  2009  income  tax  benefit  for  our  pre-tax  loss  from 
continuing operations (including the effects of the noncontrolling interest) of $168.1 million resulted in an effective tax rate of 
19.3%.    The  increase  in  the  absolute  value  of  the  effective  tax  rate  from  2010  to  2009  is  primarily  attributable  to  more 
impairments in 2009 relating to assets that are not deductible for income tax purposes. 

As of December 31, 2010, we had a net deferred tax liability of $200.7 million as compared to a net deferred tax liability of 
$162.2 million as of December 31, 2009.  The increase primarily relates to: 1) an increase in net deferred tax liabilities associated 
with book and tax differences attributable to the amortization and impairment of intangible and broadcast license assets and 2) a 
decrease in deferred tax assets associated with the utilization of federal net operating losses. 

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had $26.1 million of gross unrecognized tax benefits.  Of this total, $15.1 million (net 
of  federal  effect  on  state  tax  issues)  and  $6.8  million  (net  of  federal  effect  on  state  tax  issues)  represent  the  amounts  of 
unrecognized  tax  benefits  that,  if  recognized,  would  favorably  affect  our  effective  tax  rates  from  continuing  operations  and 
discontinued operations, respectively.  We recognized $1.3 million and $1.0 million of income tax expense for interest related to 
uncertain tax positions for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  See Note 8. Income Taxes in the Notes to 
our Consolidated Financial Statements for further information. 

We  expect  that  $7.7  million  of  valuation  allowance  related  to  certain  deferred  tax  assets  of  Cunningham,  one  of  our 
consolidated  VIEs,  may  be  released  in  the  first  quarter  of  2012  when  the  weight  of  all  available  evidence  will  support  full 
realization of the deferred tax assets. 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES 

As of December 31, 2011, we had $13.0 million in cash and cash equivalent balances and net working capital of approximately 
$14.1  million.    Cash  generated  by  our  operations  and  borrowing  capacity  under  the  Bank  Credit  Agreement  are  used  as  our 
primary source of liquidity.  As of December 31, 2011, we had $85.5 million of borrowing capacity available on our Revolving 
Credit Facility and incremental term loan capacity of $500.0 million, in addition to the $530.0 million of incremental term loan 
commitments  raised  to  fund  the  asset  acquisitions  from  Four  Points  and  Freedom.    We  anticipate  that  existing  cash  and  cash 
equivalents, cash flow from our operations and borrowing capacity under the Bank Credit Agreement will be sufficient to satisfy 
our debt service  obligations,  capital  expenditure requirements  and  working  capital  needs  for  the  next  twelve  months.   For  our 
long-term  liquidity  needs,  in  addition  to  the  sources  described  above,  we  may  rely  upon  the  issuance  of  long-term  debt,  the 
issuance  of  equity  or  other  instruments  convertible  into  or  exchangeable  for  equity,  or  the  sale  of  non-core  assets.    However, 
there can be no assurance that additional financing or capital or buyers of our non-core assets will be available, or that the terms 
of any transactions will be acceptable or advantageous to us.   

On January 15, 2011, the put right period for the 4.875% Notes, which mature on July 15, 2018, expired and no holders 

exercised their put rights.  Pursuant to our Bank Credit Agreement, the $5.1 million in restricted cash held to pay for the put of 
any 4.875% Notes was used towards reducing our debt balance in March 2011.  On January 15, 2011, the 4.875% Notes cash 
interest rate of 4.875% changed to 2.00% through maturity with the difference of 2.875% being accrued and then paid at 
maturity.  As of December 31, 2011, the face amount of the outstanding 4.875% Notes was $5.7 million.   

20  Sinclair Broadcast Group 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On March 15, 2011, we entered into an amendment (the Amendment) of our Bank Credit Agreement.  The final terms of the 

Amendment are as follows:   

  A  new  Term  Loan  A  facility  (Term  Loan  A)  of  $115.0  million.    The  Term  Loan  A  bears  interest  at  LIBOR  plus 

2.25%.  The Term Loan A is repayable in quarterly installments, amortizing as follows: 
o  1.875% per quarter commencing March 31, 2012 to December 31, 2012 
o  2.50% per quarter commencing March 31, 2013 to December 31, 2013 
o  3.125% per quarter commencing March 31, 2014 to December 31, 2015 
o 

remaining unpaid principal due at maturity on March 15, 2016 

  We paid down $45.0 million of the outstanding $270.0 million Term Loan B facility (Term Loan B).  Interest on the 
Term Loan B was reduced to LIBOR plus 3.00% with a 1.00% LIBOR floor.  Principal will continue to amortize at a 
rate  of  $825,000  per  quarter  through  September  30,  2016  ending  with  a  final  payment  of  the  remaining  unpaid 
principal due at maturity on October 29, 2016. 

  Other amended terms provide us with incremental term loan capacity of $300.0 million and more flexibility to use our 
cash balances and the Revolving Credit Facility for restricted payments and television acquisitions, including in certain 
circumstances the ability to make up to $100.0 million in unrestricted annual cash payments including but not limited 
to dividends and share repurchases.   

On  April  15,  2011,  we completed the  redemption  of  all $70.0  million  of the  6.0% Notes  at  100%  of  the  face  value  of  such 
notes.    We  used  the  proceeds  from  our  Term  Loan  A  to  pay  for  the  redemption.    Additionally,  we  repurchased  $12.5  million 
aggregate principal amount of our 8.375% Notes in the open market using cash on hand. 

On  December  16,  2011,  we  further  amended  certain  terms,  and  raised  additional  commitments  under  our  Bank  Credit 

Agreement.  The final terms of this new amendment are as follows: 

  We raised $530.0 million of incremental term loan commitments, which consisted of an additional $372.5 million Term 

Loan B commitment maturing in October 2016 and priced at LIBOR plus 3.00% with a 1.00% LIBOR floor.   

  An additional $157.5 million Term Loan A commitment maturing March 2016 and priced at LIBOR plus 2.25% with no 

 

LIBOR floor.   
In addition, we increased our Revolving Credit Facility from $75.4 million to $97.5 million and extended the maturity 
from 2013 to be coterminous with the Term Loan A maturity of March 2016.  Pricing on the Revolving Credit Facility 
was reduced from LIBOR plus 4.00% with a 2.00% floor to LIBOR plus 2.25% with no LIBOR floor.   

  We also amended certain terms of our Bank Credit Agreement, including increased incremental loans capacity, increased 

television station acquisition capacity and more flexibility under the restrictive covenants. 

  We will begin to incur fees on the undrawn commitments beginning January 17, 2012.  The fees are calculated based on 
an annual rate of 0.5% for the Term Loan A, which will increase to 1.0% after March 30, 2012, and 1.5% for the Term 
Loan B which will increase to 3.0% after March 30, 2012.  If we do not complete the Freedom acquisition and draw on 
the remaining commitments by July 1, 2012, the commitments will expire. 

We drew $180.0 million of the additional term loans to fund the previously announced acquisition of assets of Four Points, 
which closed in January 2012, and intend to draw the remaining $350.0 million of the additional term loans to fund the previously 
announced acquisition of assets of Freedom, which is expected to close late in the first quarter or early in the second quarter of 
2012.  As of December 31, 2011, we had $12.0 million drawn on our revolver. 

2011 Annual Report  21  

 
 
 
 
 
 
Sources and Uses of Cash 

The following table sets forth our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 (in millions): 

Net cash flows from operating activities 

Cash flows from (used in) investing activities: 
Acquisition of property and equipment 
(Increase) decrease in restricted cash 
Purchase of alarm monitoring contracts 
Investments in equity and cost method investees 
Other 

$ 

$ 

Net cash flows (used in) from investing activities 

$ 

2011 
148.5 

(35.8) 
(53.4) 
(8.9) 
(11.6) 
(2.5) 
(112.2) 

2010 
155.0 

(11.7) 
59.6 
(10.1) 
(7.2) 
1.3 
31.9 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2009 
105.4 

(7.7) 
(64.9) 
(12.3) 
(10.6) 
1.7 
(93.8) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Cash flows from (used in) financing activities: 
Proceeds from notes payable, commercial bank 

financing and capital leases 

Repayments of notes payable, commercial bank 

financing and capital leases 

Repurchase of Class A Common Stock 
Payments for deferred financing costs 
Dividends paid on Class A and Class B Common 

Stock 

Purchase of subsidiary shares from noncontrolling 

interests 

Other 

Net cash flows used in financing activities 

$ 

Operating Activities 

  $ 

151.7 

  $ 

283.9 

  $ 

980.9 

(150.4) 
— 
(5.5) 

(38.4) 

(2.5) 
(0.2) 
(45.3) 

(427.4) 
— 
(7.0) 

(34.2) 

— 
(3.4) 
(188.1) 

$ 

(931.6) 
(1.5) 
(28.8) 

(16.0) 

(5.0) 
(2.8) 
(4.8) 

$ 

Net cash flows from operating activities decreased during the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the same period in 
2010.  During 2011, we received less cash receipts from customers, net of cash payments to vendors, in addition to other negative 
working capital changes, which was partially offset by lower interest and program payments.  Additionally, we received net tax 
refunds in 2010 compared to net cash taxes paid in 2011. 

Net cash flows from operating activities increased during the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the same period in 
2009.  During 2010, we received more cash receipts from customers, net of cash payments to vendors, which was partially offset 
by higher interest and program payments.  In 2010, we received larger tax refunds than in 2009. 

We expect both interest expense and program payments to increase in 2012 compared to 2011.  

Investing Activities 

With  the  exception  of  changes  in  restricted  cash,  net  cash  flows  used  in  investing  activities  increased  during  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2011 compared to the same period in 2010.  During 2011, we had higher capital expenditures primarily for news 
operations  and  upgrades  to  our  master  control  systems  in  order  to  upgrade  these  operations  to  high  definition  (HD).    As  of 
December 31, 2011, 7 out of 13 markets with news were broadcasting in HD and 20 out of 34 markets had HD master control 
operations.  We are planning to add HD news broadcasts in 5 additional markets and HD master control operations in 14 markets 
over the next 12 months.  Additionally, we made more investments in our other operating divisions.  Restricted cash increased 
due  to  amounts  required  to  be  deposited  in  escrow  accounts  pursuant  to  the  asset  purchase  agreements  with  Four  Points  and 
Freedom. 

With  the  exception  of  restricted  cash,  net  cash  flows  used  in  investing  activities  decreased  slightly  during  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2010 compared to the same period in 2009.  We decreased our investment in restricted cash in order to use the 
cash to pay for redemptions of the 3.0% and 4.875% Notes through a combination of tender offers, put rights and open market 
purchases.   

In 2012, we anticipate incurring more capital expenditures than incurred in 2011. 

22  Sinclair Broadcast Group 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financing Activities 

Net cash flows used in financing activities decreased during the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the same period 
in 2010.  During 2011, we amended our Bank Credit Agreement resulting in a new Term Loan A of $115.0 million and reducing 
our Term Loan B by $45.0 million.  Additionally, we completed the redemption of the remaining $70.0 million of the 6.0% Notes 
at 100% of the face value of such notes plus accrued and unpaid interest.  The redemption of the 6.0% Notes was effected in 
accordance with the terms of the indenture governing the 6.0% Notes and was funded from the net proceeds of our new Term 
Loan A.  

Net cash flows used in financing activities increased during the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the same period in 
2009.  During 2010, we purchased $117.7 million principal amount of our 3.0% Notes, 4.875% Notes and 6.0% Notes pursuant 
to a combination of tender offers, put rights and open market purchases.  We reduced our Term Loan B by $60.0 million through 
a  combination  of  an  early  repayment  and  the  amendment  of  our  Bank  Credit  Agreement  in  2010.    In  addition,  we  fully 
extinguished the outstanding $224.7 million principal amount of 8.0% Notes in 2010.  During 2010, we issued $250.0 million in 
principal amount of our 8.375% Notes. 

From  time  to  time,  we  may  repurchase  additional  outstanding  debt  and  stock  on  the  open  market.    We  expect  to  fund  any 

repurchases with cash generated from operating activities and in some cases, borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility.   

In November 2010, our Board of Directors declared a one-time $0.43 per share dividend on common stock, which was paid in 
December  2010.  During  2011,  our  Board  of  Directors  declared  quarterly  dividends  on  common  stock,  of  $0.12  per  share. 
Dividends  of  $0.12  per  share  were  paid  in  March  2011,  June  2011,  September  2011  and  December  2011,  for  total  dividend 
payments  of  $0.48  per  share  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011.    In  February  2012,  our  Board  of  Directors  declared  a 
quarterly dividend of $0.12 per share.  Future dividends on our common shares, if any, will be at the discretion of our Board of 
Directors  and  will  depend  on  several  factors  including  our  results  of  operations,  cash  requirements  and  surplus,  financial 
condition, covenant restrictions and other factors that the Board of Directors may deem relevant.  The Class A Common Stock 
and  Class  B  Common  Stock holders  have the  same  rights related  to dividends.    Under  our  Bank  Credit  Agreement,  in  certain 
circumstances we may make up to $100.0 million in unrestricted annual cash payments including but not limited to dividends, of 
which $50.0 million may carry over to the next year. 

Contractual Obligations 

We have various contractual obligations which are recorded as liabilities in our consolidated financial statements.  Other items, 
such as certain purchase commitments and other executory contracts are not recognized as liabilities in our consolidated financial 
statements  but are  required  to  be  disclosed.  For example, we  are  contractually committed to acquire  future  programming  and 
make certain minimum lease payments for the use of property under operating lease agreements.   

The following table reflects a summary of our contractual cash obligations as of December 31, 2011 and the future periods in 

which such obligations are expected to be settled in cash (in millions): 

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS RELATED TO CONTINUING OPERATIONS (a) 

Total 

2012 

2013-2014 

2015-2016 

2017 and 
thereafter (b) 

Notes payable, capital leases and 

commercial bank financing (c), (d) 

Notes and capital leases payable to 

affiliates (c) 
Operating leases 
Employment contracts 
Program content (e) 
Programming services (f) 
Maintenance and support 
Other operating contracts 
LMA and outsourcing agreements (g), (h) 
Investments and loan commitments (i) 
Total contractual cash obligations 

$   

1,654.3

$   

109.3 

$   

221.5 

$ 

442.6

$  

880.9 

29.6
20.1
16.2
316.0
82.2
9.3
4.3
61.1
10.9
2,204.0

$   

4.9 
3.7 
9.3 
131.5 
38.0 
2.3 
0.6 
57.7 
10.9 
368.2 

$   

8.5 
6.5 
6.3 
120.3 
20.2 
3.8 
0.8 
1.1 
— 
389.0 

$ 

$   

6.4
4.8
0.6
43.7
16.7
3.2
0.8
1.1
— 
519.9

$   

9.8 
5.1 
— 
20.5
7.3 
— 
2.1 
1.2 
— 
926.9 

(a)  Excluded  from  this  table  are  $26.1  million  of  accrued  unrecognized  tax  benefits.    Due  to  inherent  uncertainty,  we  can  not  make 

reasonable estimates of the amount and period payments will be made. 

2011 Annual Report  23  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)  Includes  a  one-year  estimate  of  $7.3  million  in  payments  related  to  contracts  that  automatically  renew.    We  have  not  calculated 

potential payments for years after 2017. 

(c) 

Includes  interest  on  fixed  rate  debt  and  capital  leases.    Estimated  interest  on  our  recourse  variable  rate  debt  has  been  excluded.  
Recourse variable rate debt represents $348.7 million of our $1.2 billion total face value of debt as of December 31, 2011.   

(d)  During 2011, we borrowed $115.0 million under the Term Loan A and used $45.0 million to pay down the Term Loan B.  We used 
the  remaining  net  proceeds  to  complete  the  redemption  of  all  $70.0  million  of  the  6.0%  Notes  at  100%  of  the  face  value  of  such 
notes.  Additionally, we repurchased, in the open market, $12.5 million face value of the 8.375% Notes.  As of December 31, 2011, we 
drew $12.0 million on our revolver.  

(e)  Our  Program  content  includes  contractual  amounts  owed  through  the  expiration  date  of  the  underlying  agreement  for  active  and 
future program contracts, network programming and additional advertising inventory in various dayparts, including prime-time and 
NFL  programming.    Active  program  contracts  are  included  in  the  balance  sheet  as  an  asset  and  liability  while  future  program 
contracts are excluded until the cost is known, the program is available for its first showing or telecast and the licensee has accepted 
the  program.    Industry  protocol  typically  enables  us  to  make  payments  for  program  contracts  on  a  three-month  lag,  which  differs 
from  the  contractual  timing  within  the  table.    Network  programming  agreements  may  include  variable  fee  components  such  as 
subscriber levels, which in certain circumstances have been estimated and reflected in the table.     

(f) 

Includes obligations related to rating service fees, music license fees, market research, weather and news services.    

(g)  Certain LMAs require us to reimburse the licensee owner their operating costs.  Certain outsourcing agreements require us to pay a 
fee to another station for providing non-programming services.  The amount will vary each month and, accordingly, these amounts 
were  estimated  through  the  date  of  the  agreements’  expiration,  based  on  historical  cost  experience.    Excluded  from  the  table  are 
estimated  amounts  due  pursuant  to  LMAs  and  outsourcing  agreements  where  we  consolidate  the  counterparty,  as  well  as, 
prepayments towards purchase options to acquire the counterparty.  These amounts totaled $18.1 million, $14.1 million, $10.6 million 
and $0.2 million for the periods 2012, 2013-2014, 2015-2016 and 2017 and thereafter, respectively.    

(h)  Pursuant  to  the  LMA  with  Freedom,  we  have  made  certain  guarantees  with  respect  to  the  financial  performance  of  the  Freedom 
stations, whereby the owners of stations will earn a minimum amount of broadcast cash flow, as defined in the respective agreements.  
If actual broadcast cash flow is below the stated monthly minimums, the monthly fees we earn for our services under the LMA would 
be  reduced  and  if  the  difference  between  actual  broadcast  cash  flow  and  the  stated  minimums  is  greater  than  the  revenue  that  we 
would  otherwise  earn,  we  could  be  required  to  pay  additional  amounts  related  to  these  guarantees.    Since  inception  of  the  LMA, 
December 1, 2011, the broadcast cash flows of the stations exceeded the monthly minimums.  Included in the table is the total of the 
monthly guaranteed amounts for the year ended December 31, 2012 of $56.9 million.  We expect to close on the acquisition of the 
Freedom stations late in the first quarter or early second quarter of 2012.  The total of the monthly guaranteed amounts for the first 
quarter of 2012 is $12.1 million.   

(i)  Commitments to contribute capital or provide loans to Allegiance Capital, LP, Sterling Ventures Partners, LP and Patriot Capital II, 

LP. 

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements 

Off balance sheet arrangements as defined by the SEC means any transaction, agreement or other contractual arrangement to 
which an entity unconsolidated with the registrant is a party, under which the registrant has:  obligations under certain guarantees 
or contracts; retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity or similar arrangements; obligations 
under certain derivative arrangements; and obligations arising out of a material variable interest in an unconsolidated entity. As of 
December 31, 2011, we do not have any material off balance sheet arrangements. 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates.  At times we enter into derivative instruments primarily for the 
purpose  of  reducing  the  impact  of  changing interest  rates  on  our  floating  rate  debt  and  to  reduce  the  impact  of  changing  fair 
market  values on  our fixed  rate debt.   See Note 5. Notes Payable and Commercial Bank Financing, in  the Notes  to  our  Consolidated 
Financial Statements.  As of December 31, 2011, we did not have any outstanding derivative instruments. 

On March 15, 2011, we entered into an amendment of our Bank Credit Agreement.  The amendment includes a new Term 
Loan A of $115.0 million.  Under the amendment, we paid down $45.0 million of the outstanding $270.0 million balance under 
the  Term  Loan  B.    The  Term  Loan  A  and  Term  Loan  B  bear  interest  at  LIBOR  plus  2.25%  and  LIBOR  plus  3.00%  (with  a 
1.00%  LIBOR  floor  on  the  Term  Loan  B),  respectively.    Any  outstanding  amounts  accrue  interest  with  a  variable  rate  and 
therefore increase our risk to rising interest rates. 

On  April  15,  2011,  we completed the  redemption  of  all $70.0  million  of the  6.0% Notes  at  100%  of  the  face  value  of  such 

notes.  

24  Sinclair Broadcast Group 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On  December  16,  2011,  we  raised  additional  commitments  under,  and  amended  certain  terms  of  our  existing  Bank  Credit 
Agreement.  We added $372.5 million Term Loan B commitment and $157.5 million Term Loan A commitment.  In addition, we 
increased  our  existing  revolving  line  of  credit  from  $75.4  million  to  $97.5  million  and  extended  its  maturity  from  2013  to  be 
coterminous with the Term Loan A maturity of March 2016.  Pricing on the revolving line of credit was reduced from LIBOR 
plus 4.00% with a 2.00% LIBOR floor to LIBOR plus 2.25% with no LIBOR floor.   

We are exposed to risk from a change in interest rates to the extent we are required to refinance existing fixed rate indebtedness 
at rates higher than those prevailing at the time the existing indebtedness was incurred.  The fair value of the 4.875% Notes, 3.0% 
Notes, 8.375% Notes and 9.25% Notes combined was $807.7 million as of December 31, 2011.  We estimate that adding 1.0% to 
prevailing  interest  rates  would  result  in  a  decrease  in  fair  value  of  these  notes  by  $36.6  million  as  of  December  31,  2011.  
Generally, the fair market value of these notes will decrease as interest rates rise and increase as interest rates fall.  We are also 
exposed to risk from the changing interest rates of our variable rate debt, primarily related to our Bank Credit Agreement.  For 
the year ended December 31, 2011, cash interest expense on our term loans and revolver related to our Bank Credit Agreement 
was $12.6 million.  We estimate that adding 1.0% to respective interest rates would result in an increase in our interest expense of 
$3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.  We also have variable rate debt associated with our other operating divisions.  
We estimate that adding 1.0% to respective interest rates would result in a negligible amount of additional interest expense for the 
year ended December 31, 2011. 

Under certain circumstances, we have contingent cash interest features related to the 3.0% Notes and the 4.875% Notes.  The 

contingent cash interest feature for both issuances were embedded derivatives which have negligible fair values.   

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures and Internal Control over Financial 
Reporting 

Our management, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, 
evaluated the design and effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal control over financial reporting 
as of December 31, 2011.   

The term “disclosure controls and procedures,” as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, means 
controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be 
disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and 
reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.  Disclosure controls and procedures include, without 
limitation,  controls  and  procedures  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  information  required  to  be  disclosed  by  a 
company  in  the  reports  that  it  files  or  submits  under  the  Exchange  Act  is  accumulated  and  communicated  to  the  our 
management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding 
required disclosure.  Management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can 
provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the 
cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.   

The  term  “internal  control  over  financial  reporting,”  as  defined  in  Rules  13a-15d-15(f)  under  the  Exchange  Act,  means  a 
process designed by, or under the supervision of our Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officers and effected by our Board of 
Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) 
and includes those policies and procedures that: 

 

 

 

pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that  in  reasonable  detail  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and 
dispositions of our assets; 
provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements 
in accordance with GAAP and that our receipts and expenditures are being made in accordance with authorizations of 
management or our Board of Directors; and  
provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition 
of our assets that could have a material adverse effect on our financial statements. 

2011 Annual Report  25  

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assessment of Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

Based  on  the  evaluation  of  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  as  of  December  31,  2011,  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and 
Chief  Financial  Officer  concluded  that,  as  of  such  date,  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  were  effective  at  the  reasonable 
assurance level. 

Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Our  management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.    Under  the 
supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we 
assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 based on the criteria set forth in 
Internal  Control  -  Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission 
(COSO).  Based on our assessment, management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2011, our internal control over financial 
reporting was effective based on those criteria. 

The  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2011  has  been  audited  by 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein. 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under 
the  Exchange  Act)  during  the  quarter  ended  December  31,  2011,  that  have  materially  affected,  or  are  reasonably  likely  to 
materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls 

Management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, do not expect that our disclosure controls and 
procedures or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent all errors and all fraud.  A control system, no matter how well 
designed  and  operated,  can  provide  only  reasonable,  not  absolute,  assurance  that  the  objectives  of  the  control  system  are  met.  
Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and the benefits of controls must be 
considered relative to their costs.  Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide 
absolute  assurance  that  all  control  issues  and  instances  of  fraud,  if  any,  within  our  company  have  been  detected.   These  inherent 
limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple 
error or mistake.  Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more 
people,  or  by  management’s  override  of  the  control.    The  design  of  any  system  of  controls  also  is  based  in  part  upon  certain 
assumptions about the likelihood of future events and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated 
goals  under  all  potential  future  conditions;  over  time,  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  the 
degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control 
system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. 

26  Sinclair Broadcast Group 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(In thousands, except share and per share data) 

As of December 31, 
ASSETS 
CURRENT ASSETS: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Current portion of restricted cash 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $3,008 and 

$   

$3,242, respectively 

Affiliate receivable 
Income taxes receivable 
Current portion of program contract costs 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 
Deferred barter costs 
Deferred tax assets 

Total current assets 

PROGRAM CONTRACT COSTS, less current portion 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net 
RESTRICTED CASH, less current portion 
GOODWILL 
BROADCAST LICENSES 
DEFINITE-LIVED INTANGIBLE ASSETS, net 
OTHER ASSETS 

Total assets (a) 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY (DEFICIT) 
CURRENT LIABILITIES: 

Accounts payable 
Accrued liabilities 
Income taxes payable 
Current portion of notes payable, capital leases and commercial bank financing 
Current portion of notes payable and capital leases payable to affiliates 
Current portion of program contracts payable 
Deferred barter revenues 
Total current liabilities 
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES: 

Notes payable, capital leases and commercial bank financing, less current portion 
Notes payable and capital leases to affiliates, less current portion 
Program contracts payable, less current portion 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Other long-term liabilities 

Total liabilities (a) 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (See Note 9) 
EQUITY (DEFICIT): 

SINCLAIR BROADCAST GROUP SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT): 
Class A Common Stock, $.01 par value, 500,000,000 shares authorized, 

52,022,086 and 50,284,052 shares issued and outstanding, respectively  

Class B Common Stock, $.01 par value, 140,000,000 shares authorized, 

28,933,859 and 30,083,819 shares issued and outstanding, respectively, 
convertible into Class A Common Stock 

Additional paid-in capital 
Accumulated deficit 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 

Total Sinclair Broadcast Group shareholders’ deficit 

Noncontrolling interests 

Total deficit 
Total liabilities and equity (deficit) 

2011 

2010 

12,967 
— 

132,915 
252 
225 
38,906 
17,274 
2,238 
4,940 
209,717 
15,584 
281,521 
58,726 
660,117 
47,002 
175,341 
123,409 
1,571,417 

8,872 
79,698 
— 
38,195 
3,014 
63,825 
1,978 
195,582 

1,148,271 
16,545 
27,625 
247,552 
47,204 
1,682,779 

$   

21,974 
5,058 

121,283 
88 
— 
37,000 
6,064 
3,156 
9,658 
204,281 
8,729 
272,231 
223 
660,017 
47,375 
184,652 
108,416 
1,485,924 

5,952 
68,071 
298 
19,556 
3,196 
68,301 
2,522 
167,896 

1,169,740 
19,573 
29,593 
210,335 
45,869 
1,643,006 

$   

$   

$   

$   

520 

503 

289 
617,375 
(734,511) 
(4,848) 
(121,175) 
9,813 
(111,362) 
1,571,417 

$   

301 
609,640 
(771,953) 
(3,914) 
(165,423) 
8,341 
(157,082) 
1,485,924 

$   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

(a)  Our consolidated total assets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 include total assets of variable interest entities (VIEs) of $33.5 million and 

$32.3 million, respectively, which can only be used to settle the obligations of the VIEs.  Our consolidated total liabilities as of December 
31, 2011 and 2010 include total liabilities of the VIEs of $14.4 million and $26.2 million, respectively, for which the creditors of the VIEs 
have no recourse to us.  See Note 1: Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies. 

2011 Annual Report  27  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009 
(In thousands, except per share data) 

REVENUES: 

Station broadcast revenues, net of agency commissions 
Revenues realized from station barter arrangements 
Other operating divisions revenues 

Total revenues 

OPERATING EXPENSES: 

Station production expenses 
Station selling, general and administrative expenses 
Expenses recognized from station barter arrangements 
Amortization of program contract costs and net realizable value adjustments 
Other operating divisions expenses 
Depreciation of property and equipment 
Corporate general and administrative expenses 
Amortization of definite-lived intangible assets  
Gain on asset exchange 
Impairment of goodwill, intangible and other assets 

Total operating expenses 
Operating income (loss)  

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE): 

Interest expense and amortization of debt discount and deferred financing 

costs 

(Loss) gain from extinguishment of debt 
Income (loss) from equity and cost method investments 
Gain on insurance settlement 
Other income, net 

Total other expense  
 Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes 

INCOME TAX (PROVISION) BENEFIT  

Income (loss) from continuing operations 

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS: 

Loss from discontinued operations, net of related income tax provision of 

($477), ($77) and ($350), respectively 

NET INCOME (LOSS)  

Net (income) loss attributable to the noncontrolling interests 

NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO SINCLAIR BROADCAST 

GROUP 

Dividends declared per share 
EARNINGS (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE ATTRIBUTABLE TO 

SINCLAIR BROADCAST GROUP: 
Basic earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations 
Basic loss per share from discontinued operations 
Basic earnings (loss) per share 
Diluted earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations 
Diluted loss per share from discontinued operations 
Diluted earnings (loss) per share 
Weighted average common shares outstanding 
Weighted average common and common equivalent shares outstanding 

AMOUNTS ATTRIBUTABLE TO SINCLAIR BROADCAST GROUP 

COMMON SHAREHOLDERS: 
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax 
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax 

Net income (loss)  

2011 

2010 

2009 

$   648,002 
72,773 
44,513 
765,288 

$   655,836 
75,210 
36,598 
767,644 

$   555,110 
58,182 
43,698 
656,990 

178,612 
123,938 
65,742 
52,079 
39,486 
32,874 
28,310 
18,229 
— 
398 
539,668 
225,620 

(106,128) 
(4,847) 
3,269 
1,742 
1,717 
(104,247) 
121,373 
(44,785) 
76,588 

(411) 
76,177 
(379) 

75,798 
0.48 

0.95 
(0.01) 
0.94 
0.95 
(0.01) 
0.94 
80,217 
80,532 

$  
$  

$  
$  
$  
$  
$  
$  

154,133 
127,091 
67,083 
60,862 
30,916 
36,307 
26,800 
18,834 
— 
4,803 
526,829 
240,815 

(116,046) 
(6,266) 
(4,861) 
344 
1,865 
(124,964) 
115,851 
(40,226) 
75,625 

(577) 
75,048 
1,100 

76,148 
0.43 

0.96 
(0.01) 
0.95 
0.95 
(0.01) 
0.94 
80,245 
83,606 

$  
$  

$  
$  
$  
$  
$  
$  

142,415 
122,833 
48,119 
73,087 
45,520 
42,892 
25,632 
22,355 
(4,945) 
249,799 
767,707 
(110,717) 

(80,021) 
18,465 
354 
11 
1,448 
(59,743) 
(170,460) 
32,512 
(137,948) 

(81) 
(138,029) 
2,335 

$    (135,694) 
  — 
$   

$  
$  
$  
$  
$  
$  

(1.70) 
— 
(1.70) 
(1.70) 
— 
(1.70) 
79,981 
79,981 

$  

$  

76,209 
(411) 
75,798 

$  

$  

76,725 
(577) 
76,148 

$   (135,613) 
(81) 
$   (135,694) 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

28  Sinclair Broadcast Group 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)  
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009 
(In thousands) 

Net income (loss)  
Amortization of net periodic pension benefit 

costs, net of taxes 

Comprehensive income (loss)  
Comprehensive (income) loss attributable to 

the noncontrolling interests 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to 

Sinclair Broadcast Group 

2011 

2010 

2009 

$ 

76,177

$ 

75,048

$ 

(138,029)

(934)
75,243 

(379) 

299
75,347 

1,100 

(718)
(138,747) 

2,335 

$  

74,864 

$  

76,447 

$ 

 (136,412) 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements 

2011 Annual Report  29  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY (DEFICIT)  
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009 
(In thousands, except share data) 

Sinclair Broadcast Group Shareholders 

Class A  
Common Stock 
Shares 

Value 

Class B 
Common Stock 
Shares 

Value 

Additional 
Paid-In  
Capital 

Accumulated 
Deficit 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive  
Loss 

Non-
controlling 
Interests 

Total 
Equity  
(Deficit) 

46,510,647 

$   465 

34,453,859 

$   345 

$    605,865 

$ 

(678,182) 

$  

(3,495) 

$   16,302 

$  (58,700) 

BALANCE, 
December 31, 2008 

Class A Common Stock 
issued pursuant to 
employee benefit plans  

Class B Common Stock 

converted into Class A 
Common Stock 
Contribution from 

noncontrolling interests, 
net of distributions 

Purchase of subsidiary shares 

from noncontrolling 
interests 

Repurchase of 1,536,633 
shares of Class A 
Common Stock 

Removal of noncontrolling 
interests deficit related to 
disposition of other 
operating divisions 
companies 

Tax provision on employee 

stock awards 

Change in pension funded 

status and amortization of 
net periodic pension 
benefit costs, net of taxes 

Net loss 
BALANCE,  
December 31, 2009 

401,423 

4 

— 

— 

1,378 

2,000,000 

20 

(2,000,000) 

(20) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(1,536,633) 

(15) 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

(220) 

(1,439) 

— 

(244) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

26 

1,382 

— 

26 

(4,807) 

(5,027) 

— 

(1,454) 

542 

— 

542 

(244) 

 47,375,437 

$  474 

32,453,859 

$  325 

$ 

605,340 

$ 

(813,876) 

$ 

(4,213) 

$ 

9,728 

$(202,222) 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

— 
— 

— 
(135,694) 

(718) 
— 

— 
(2,335) 

(718) 
(138,029) 

30  Sinclair Broadcast Group 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY (DEFICIT)  
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009 
(In thousands, except share data) 

BALANCE, 
December 31, 2009 

Dividends declared on Class 
A and Class B Common 
Stock 

Class A Common Stock 
issued pursuant to 
employee benefit plans  

Class B Common Stock 

converted into Class A 
Common Stock 

Distributions to 

noncontrolling interests 
Tax provision on employee 

stock awards 

Change in pension funded 

status and amortization of 
net periodic pension 
benefit costs, net of taxes 

Net income (loss) 

BALANCE,  
December 31, 2010 

Sinclair Broadcast Group Shareholders 

Class A  
Common Stock 
Shares 

Value 

Class B 
Common Stock 
Shares 

Value 

Additional 
Paid-In  
Capital 

Accumulated 
Deficit 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive  
Loss 

Non-
controlling 
Interests 

Total 
Equity  
(Deficit) 

47,375,437 

$   474 

32,453,859 

$   325 

$    605,340 

$ 

(813,876) 

$  

(4,213) 

$   9,728 

$ (202,222) 

— 

— 

538,575 

5 

— 

— 

— 

— 

2,370,040 

— 

— 

— 
— 

24 

— 

— 

— 
— 

(2,370,040) 

(24) 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

(34,225) 

4,423 

— 

— 

(123) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(287) 

— 

(34,225) 

4,428 

— 

(287) 

(123) 

— 
— 

— 
76,148 

299 
— 

— 
(1,100) 

299 
75,048 

  50,284,052 

$  503 

30,083,819 

$  301 

$ 

609,640 

$ 

(771,953) 

$ 

(3,914) 

$ 

8,341 

$(157,082) 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

2011 Annual Report  31  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY (DEFICIT)  
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009 
(In thousands, except share data) 

BALANCE, 
December 31, 2010 

Dividends declared on 
Class A and Class B 
Common Stock 
Class A Common Stock 
issued pursuant to 
employee benefit plans  

Class B Common Stock 

converted into Class A 
Common Stock 
Class A Common Stock 

sold by variable interest 
entity 

6% Notes converted into 

Class A Common Stock 
Tax benefit on share based 

awards 

Distributions to 

noncontrolling interests 
Issuance of subsidiary share 

awards 

Purchase of subsidiary 

shares from 
noncontrolling interests 

Amortization of net 

periodic pension benefit 
costs, net of taxes 

Net income 

BALANCE,  
December 31, 2011 

Sinclair Broadcast Group Shareholders 

Class A  
Common Stock 
Shares 

Value 

Class B 
Common Stock 
Shares 

Value 

Additional 
Paid-In  
Capital 

Accumulated 
Deficit 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive  
Loss 

Non-
controlling 
Interests 

Total 
Equity  
(Deficit) 

50,284,052 

$   503 

30,083,819 

$   301 

$    609,640 

$ 

(771,953) 

$  

(3,914) 

$   8,341 

$ (157,082) 

— 

— 

586,759 

5 

— 

— 

— 

— 

5,826 

— 

(38,356) 

1,149,960 

12 

(1,149,960) 

(12) 

— 

— 

1,315 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

1,808 

30 

734 

— 

— 

(663) 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(270) 

3,201 

(38,356) 

5,831 

— 

1,808 

30 

734 

(270) 

3,201 

(1,838) 

(2,501) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

52,022,086 

$  520 

28,933,859 

$  289 

$ 

617,375 

$ 

(734,511) 

$ 

(4,848) 

$ 

9,813 

$(111,362) 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

— 
75,798 

(934) 
— 

— 
379 

(934) 
76,177 

32  Sinclair Broadcast Group 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009 
(In thousands) 

CASH FLOWS FROM (USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES: 
Net income (loss)  
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash flows from operating activities: 

Amortization of debt discount, net of debt premium 
Depreciation of property and equipment 
Recognition of deferred revenue 
Impairment of goodwill, intangible and other assets  
Amortization of definite-lived intangible assets  
Amortization of program contract costs and net realizable value adjustments 
Loss (gain) on extinguishment of debt, non-cash portion 
Original debt issuance discount paid 
Deferred tax provision (benefit)  

Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions and dispositions: 

(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable, net 
Decrease (increase) in income taxes receivable 
(Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets 
(Increase) decrease in other assets  
Increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities 
(Decrease) increase in income taxes payable 
Increase (decrease) in other long-term liabilities 

Payments on program contracts payable 
Other, net 

Net cash flows from operating activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES: 

Acquisition of property and equipment 
Purchase of alarm monitoring contracts 
(Increase) decrease in restricted cash 
Distributions from equity and cost method investees 
Investments in equity and cost method investees 
Investment in debt securities 
Payments for acquisitions of assets of other operating divisions 
Proceeds from the sale of assets 
Proceeds from insurance settlements 
Proceeds from the sale of equity method investment 
Loans to affiliates 
Proceeds from loans to affiliates 

Net cash flows (used in) from investing activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM (USED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES: 

Proceeds from notes payable, commercial bank financing and capital leases 
Repayments of notes payable, commercial bank financing and capital leases  
Proceeds from share based awards, including excess tax benefits of $0.7 million, $0 

million and $0 million, respectively  

Purchase of subsidiary shares from noncontrolling interests 
Repurchase of Class A Common Stock 
Dividends paid on Class A and Class B Common Stock 
Payments for deferred financing costs 
Proceeds from Class A Common Stock sold by variable interest entity 
Noncontrolling interests (distributions) contributions 
Repayments of notes and capital leases to affiliates 
Net cash flows used in financing activities 

NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of year 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of year 

$ 

2011 

2010 

2009 

$ 

76,177 

$ 

75,048

$ 

(138,029) 

3,347 
33,153 
(17,472)
398 
18,229 
52,079 
4,985 
(13,785)
43,972 

(11,616)
74 
(10,449)
(1,247)
25,064 
(780)
2,199 
(67,319)
11,504 
148,513 

(35,835)
(8,850)
(53,445)
2,632 
(11,577)
(4,911)
(3,072)
69 
1,739 
1,166 
(406)
242 
(112,248)

151,733 
(150,447)

1,794 
(2,501)
— 
(38,356)
(5,483)
1,808 
(610)
(3,210)
(45,272)
(9,007)
21,974 
12,967 

4,963
36,563
(25,967)
4,803
18,834
60,862
5,525
(14,393)
38,636

(14,491)
8,073
196
393
33,312
298
(881)
(88,992)
12,179
154,961

(11,694)
(10,106)
59,602
894
(7,224)
—
—
110
372
—
(136)
117
31,935

283,930
(427,421)

—
—
—
(34,225)
(7,020)
—
(287)
(3,123)
(188,146)
(1,250)
23,224
21,974  

$ 

$ 

10,286 
43,217 
(25,512) 
249,799 
22,355 
73,087 
(18,465) 
(18,176) 
(24,949) 

823 
(5,739) 
— 
6,778 
12,654 
— 
— 
(82,184) 
(509) 
105,436 

(7,693) 
(12,291) 
(64,883) 
1,501 
(10,601) 
— 
— 
126 
— 
— 
(162) 
157 
(93,846) 

980,875 
(931,566)

— 
(5,000)
(1,454)
(16,038)
(28,815)
— 
26 
(2,864)
(4,836)
6,754 
16,470 
23,224 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

2011 Annual  Report  33  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1.  NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: 

Nature of Operations 

Sinclair  Broadcast  Group,  Inc.  is  a  diversified  television  broadcasting  company  that  owns  or  provides  certain  programming, 
operating or sales services to television stations pursuant to broadcasting licenses that are granted by the Federal Communications 
Commission  (the  FCC  or  Commission).    We  currently  own,  provide  programming  and  operating  services  pursuant  to  local 
marketing  agreements  (LMAs)  or  provide,  or  are  provided,  sales  services  pursuant  to  outsourcing  agreements  to  73  television 
stations  in  45  markets,  as  of  December  31,  2011.    For  the  purpose  of  this  report,  these  73  stations  are  referred  to  as  “our” 
stations.    Our  broadcast  group  is  a  single  reportable  segment  for  accounting  purposes  and  includes  the  following  network 
affiliations:  FOX  (20  stations);  MyNetworkTV  (18  stations;  not  a  network  affiliation,  however  is  branded  as  such);  ABC  (11 
stations); The CW (13 stations); CBS (9 stations); NBC (1 station) and Azteca (1 station).  In addition, certain stations broadcast 
programming on second and third digital signals through network affiliation or program service arrangements with TheCoolTV, 
The  Country  Network,  CBS  (rebroadcasted  content  from  other  primary  channels  within  the  same  market),  The  CW, 
MyNetworkTV, This TV, LATV, Azteca, Telemundo and Estrella TV.  

In September 2011, we entered into a definitive agreement to purchase the broadcast assets of Four Points Media (Four Points) 
for  $200  million.    Four  Points  owns  and  operates  seven  stations  in  four  markets,  reaching  2.65%  of  the  U.S.  TV  households.  
Effective October 1, 2011, we were providing sales, programming and management services for the stations in consideration of 
both  service  fees and  performance  incentives  pursuant  to  a LMA  until  the closing of the acquisition.   On  January  3,  2012,  we 
closed the asset acquisition of Four Points for $200 million, with an effective date of January 1, 2012.  We financed the acquisition 
with  a  $180  million  draw  under  a  recently  raised  incremental  Term  B  Loan  commitment  under  our  amended  Bank  Credit 
Agreement  plus  a  $20  million  cash  escrow  previously  paid.    See  Note  5.  Notes  Payable  and  Commercial  Bank  Financing  for  more 
information.    Four  Points  has  the  following  network  affiliations:  CBS  (2  stations);  The  CW  (2  stations)  MyNetworkTV  (2 
stations) and Azteca (1 station).  The affiliation totals for Four Points are included in the consolidated network affiliation totals 
above.   

In  November  2011,  we  entered  into  a  definitive  agreement  to  purchase  the  broadcast  assets  of  Freedom  Communications 
(Freedom)  for  $385.0  million.  Freedom  owns  and  operates  eight  stations  in  seven  markets,  reaching  2.63%  of  the  U.S.  TV 
households.    The  transaction  is  subject  to  approval  by  the  FCC.    Effective  December  1,  2011,  we  began  providing  sales, 
programming and management services for the stations in consideration of service fees pursuant to a LMA and expect to fund 
and close the acquisition late in the first quarter or early in the second quarter of 2012.  Upon closing, we expect to finance the 
$385.0 million purchase price, less a $38.5 million deposit, with remaining commitments available under our amended Bank Credit 
Agreement.    See  Note 5. Notes Payable and Commercial Bank Financing  for  more  information.    Freedom  has  the  following  network 
affiliations:  CBS  (5  stations); ABC  (2  stations)  and The  CW  (1  station).   The  affiliation  totals  for  Freedom  are  included  in  the 
consolidated network affiliation totals above.   

Principles of Consolidation 

The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  our  accounts  and  those  of  our  wholly-owned  and  majority-owned  subsidiaries 
and  variable  interest  entities  (VIEs)  for  which  we  are  the  primary  beneficiary.    Noncontrolling  interest  represents  a  minority 
owner’s  proportionate  share  of  the  equity  in  certain  of  our  consolidated  entities.    All  intercompany  transactions  and  account 
balances have been eliminated in consolidation. 

Variable Interest Entities 

In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued amended guidance on the consolidation of VIEs.  The 
intent  of  this  guidance  is  to  improve  financial  reporting  by  enterprises  involved  with  VIEs  and  to  provide  more  relevant  and 
reliable information to users of financial statements.  The new guidance requires a number of new disclosures and we are required 
to perform ongoing reassessments of whether we are the primary beneficiary of a VIE for financial reporting purposes.  For us, 
this guidance was effective as of January 1, 2010. 

In determining whether we are the primary beneficiary of a VIE for financial reporting purposes, we consider whether we have 
the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIE and whether we 
have the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive returns that would be significant to the VIE.  We consolidate VIEs 
when we are the primary beneficiary.  The assets of our consolidated VIEs can only be used to settle the obligations of the VIE.  
All  the  liabilities,  including  debt  held  by  our  VIEs,  are  non-recourse  to  us.    However,  our  senior  secured  credit  facility  (Bank 
Credit Agreement) contains cross-default provisions with the VIE debt of Cunningham Broadcasting Corporation (Cunningham).  
See Note 10. Related Person Transactions for more information.   

34  Sinclair Broadcast Group 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We have entered into LMAs to provide programming, sales and managerial services for television stations of Cunningham, the 
license owner of seven television stations as of December 31, 2011.  We pay LMA fees to Cunningham and also reimburse all 
operating expenses.  We also have an acquisition agreement in which we have a purchase option to buy the license assets of the 
television  stations  which  includes  the  FCC  license  and  certain  other  assets  used  to  operate  the  station  (License  Assets).    Our 
applications to acquire the FCC licenses are pending approval.  We own the majority of the non-license assets of the Cunningham 
stations  and  our  Bank  Credit  Agreement  contain  certain  cross-default  provisions  with  Cunningham  whereby  a  default  by 
Cunningham caused by insolvency would cause an event of default under our Bank Credit Agreement.  We have determined that 
the  Cunningham  stations  are  VIEs  and  that  based  on  the  terms  of  the  agreements,  the  significance  of  our  investment  in  the 
stations and the cross-default provisions with our Bank Credit Agreement, we are the primary beneficiary of the variable interests 
because we have the power to direct the activities which significantly impact the economic performance of the VIE through the 
sales and managerial services we provide and we absorb losses and returns that would be considered significant to Cunningham.  
See  Note  10.  Related  Person  Transactions  for  more  information  on  our  arrangements  with  Cunningham.    Included  in  the 
accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are net revenues of 
$90.3 million, $94.3 million and $80.4 million, respectively, that relate to LMAs with Cunningham.   

We have outsourcing agreements with certain other license owners, under which we provide certain non-programming related 
sales, operational and administrative services.  We pay a fee to the license owners based on a percentage of broadcast cash flow 
and we reimburse all operating expenses.  We also have a purchase option to buy the License Assets.  For the same reasons noted 
above regarding the LMAs with Cunningham, we have determined that the outsourced license station assets are VIEs and we are 
the primary beneficiary.  Included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 
2011,  2010  and  2009  are  net  revenues  of  $11.9  million,  $13.2  million  and  $10.0  million,  respectively,  that  relate  to  these 
arrangements.   

As  of  the  dates  indicated,  the  carrying  amounts  and  classification  of  the  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  VIEs  mentioned  above 

which have been included in our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows (in thousands): 

ASSETS 

CURRENT ASSETS: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Income taxes receivable 
Current portion of program contract costs 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 

Total current asset 

PROGRAM CONTRACT COSTS, less current portion 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net 
GOODWILL 
BROADCAST LICENSES 
DEFINITE-LIVED INTANGIBLE ASSETS, net 
OTHER ASSETS 

Total assets 

CURRENT LIABILITIES: 

LIABILITIES  

Accounts payable 
Accrued liabilities 
Income taxes payable 
Current portion of notes payable, capital leases and commercial bank financing 
Current portion of program contracts payable 

Total current liabilities 

LONG-TERM LIABILITIES: 

Notes payable, capital leases and commercial bank financing, less current portion 
Program contracts payable, less current portion 

Total liabilities 

2011 

2,739 
142 
413 
99 
3,393 

271 
6,658 
6,357 
4,208 
6,601 
5,980 
33,468 

37 
315 
— 
11,074 
373 
11,799 

2,411 
173 
14,383 

$   

$   

$   

$  

2010 

5,319 
— 
480 
105 
5,904 

491 
7,461 
6,357 
4,183 
6,959 
914 
32,269 

37 
773 
44 
11,056 
649 
12,559 

13,484 
190 
26,233 

$   

$   

$   

$  

The amounts above represent the consolidated assets and liabilities of the VIEs related to our LMAs with Cunningham and 
outsourcing agreements, for which we are the primary beneficiary, and have been aggregated as they all relate to our broadcast 
business.  Excluded from the amounts above are yearly payments made to Cunningham under the LMA which are treated as a 
prepayment of the purchase price of the stations and capital leases between us and Cunningham which are eliminated in  

2011 Annual Report  35  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
consolidation.  The total payment made under these LMAs as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, which are excluded from liabilities 
above, were $22.7 million and $11.7 million, respectively.  The total capital lease assets excluded from above were $11.8 million 
for  each  of  the  years  ended  December  31,  2011  and  2010,  respectively.    The  risk  and  reward  characteristics  of  the  VIEs  are 
similar.   

Under the previously applicable accounting guidance for consolidation, we had determined that we had a variable interest in 
four real estate ventures and that we were the primary beneficiary of those VIEs and should consolidate the assets and liabilities 
of  those  entities.    However,  under  the  new  accounting  guidance  for  consolidation  which  was  effective  January  1,  2010,  we  no 
longer  consider  one  of  these  investments  to  be  a  VIE  since  the  investment  does  not  meet  the  VIE  criteria  under  the  new 
accounting guidance.  We still consolidate the assets and liabilities of this entity pursuant to other accounting guidance based on 
voting-interests.  Under the new accounting guidance for consolidation, we no longer consider ourselves the primary beneficiary 
of the other three real estate ventures since, as the manager of the venture, the other partner holds the power to direct activities 
that significantly impact the economic performance of the VIE and can participate in returns that would be considered significant 
to the VIE.  The effect of this change was not material to our consolidated financial statements.   

In  the  fourth  quarter  of  2011,  we  began  providing  sales,  programming  and  management  services  to  the  Four  Points  and 
Freedom stations pursuant to LMAs.  We have determined that the Four Points and Freedom stations are VIEs based on the 
terms of the agreements.  We are not the primary beneficiary because the station owners have the power to direct the activities of 
the VIEs that most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIEs.  In the consolidated statements of operations for 
the year ended December 31, 2011 are net revenues of $10.8 million and station production expenses of $7.7 million related to 
the Four Points and Freedom LMAs. 

We have investments in other real estate ventures and investment companies which are considered VIEs.  However, we do not 
participate in the management of these entities including the day-to-day operating decisions or other decisions which would allow 
us to control the entity, and therefore, we are not considered the primary beneficiary of these VIEs.  We account for these entities 
using the equity or cost method of accounting.   

The carrying amounts of our investments in these VIEs for which we are not the primary beneficiary as of December 31, 2011 

and 2010 are as follows (in thousands):   

Investments in real estate ventures 
Investments in investment     

companies 
Total 

2011 

Carrying 
amount 
8,009 

$   

26,276 
34,285 

$   

Maximum 
exposure 
8,009 

26,276 
34,285 

$  

$  

2010 

Carrying 
amount 
7,769 

24,872 
32,641 

$   

$   

Maximum 
exposure 
7,769 

24,872 
32,641 

$  

$  

The carrying amounts above are included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets.  The income and loss related to 
these investments are recorded in income from equity and cost method investments in the consolidated statement of operations.  
We recorded income of, $2.8 million, $2.1 million and a loss of $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 
2009, respectively.   

Or maximum exposure is equal to the carrying value of our investments.  As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, 

our unfunded commitments related to private equity investment funds totaled $10.9 million and $14.9 million, respectively. 

Use of Estimates 

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of 
America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues 
and  expenses  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  in  the  disclosures  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities.    Actual  results 
could differ from those estimates.   

36  Sinclair Broadcast Group 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonmonetary Asset Exchanges 

In 2004, Sprint Nextel Corporation (Nextel) agreed to relocate its airwaves to end interference between its cellular signals and 
the wireless signals used by the country’s public safety agencies.  As part of this agreement, the FCC granted Nextel the right to a 
certain spectrum within the 1.9 GHz band that was used by television broadcasters for electronic news gathering.  Accordingly, 
Nextel  entered  into  agreements  with  several  of  our  stations  to  exchange  our  existing  analog  equipment  for  comparable  digital 
equipment.  As equipment was exchanged and placed in service, we recorded a gain to the extent that the fair market value of the 
equipment received exceeds the carrying amount of the equipment relinquished.  The equipment is recorded at the estimated fair 
market value and is depreciated over a useful life of eight years.  For the year ended December 31, 2009 we recorded a gain of 
$4.9 million for the equipment received.  We received all applicable equipment pursuant to the agreement in 2009. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

In  December  2010,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (FASB)  issued  amended  guidance  with  respect  to  goodwill 
impairment.  The amended guidance requires that step two of the goodwill impairment test be performed if the carrying amount 
of  a  reporting  unit  is  zero  or  negative  and  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  a  goodwill  impairment  exists  based  on  any  adverse 
qualitative factors including an evaluation of the triggering circumstances noted in the guidance.  The change is effective for fiscal 
years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2010.  This guidance did not have a material impact on 
our consolidated financial statements. 

In  May  2011,  the  FASB  issued  new  guidance  for  fair  value  measurements.    The  purpose  of  the  new  guidance  is  to  have  a 
consistent  definition  of  fair  value  between U.S.  Generally Accepted  Accounting  Principles (GAAP)  and  International  Financial 
Reporting  Standards  (IFRS).    Many  of  the  amendments  to  GAAP  are  not  expected  to  have  a  significant  impact  on  practice; 
however,  the  new  guidance  does  require  new  and  enhanced  disclosure  about  fair  value  measurements.    The  amendments  are 
effective  for  interim  and  annual  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2011  and  should  be  applied  prospectively.    We  do  not 
believe that this guidance will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements but may require changes to our fair 
value disclosures. 

In June 2011, the FASB issued new guidance on the presentation of comprehensive income in the financial statements.  The 
new guidance does not make any changes to the components that are recognized in net income or other comprehensive income 
but rather allows an entity to choose whether to present items of net income and other comprehensive income in one continuous 
statement or in two separate but consecutive statements.  Each component of net income and other comprehensive income along 
with  their  respective  totals  would  need  to  be  displayed  under  either  alternative.    The  new  guidance  is  effective  for  fiscal  years 
beginning after December 15, 2011.  We adopted this guidance during the year ended December 31, 2011, which did not have a 
material impact on our consolidated financial statements.   

In September 2011, the FASB issued the final Accounting Standards Update for goodwill impairment testing.  The standard 
allows  an  entity  to  first  consider  qualitative  factors  when  deciding  whether  it  is  necessary  to  perform  the  current  two-step 
goodwill impairment test.  An entity would need to perform step-one if it determines qualitatively that it is more-likely-than-not 
that  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  is  less  than  its  carrying  amount.    The  changes  are  effective  prospectively  for  annual  and 
interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011.  We adopted this new guidance 
in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2011  in  completing  our  annual  impairment  analysis.    See  Note  4.  Goodwill,  Broadcast  Licenses and  Other 
Intangible Assets for further discussion of the results of our goodwill impairment analysis.  This guidance impacts how we perform 
the annual goodwill impairment test; however, it will not impact our consolidated financial statements as the guidance will not 
impact the timing or amount of any resulting impairment charges.  

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

We  consider  all  highly  liquid  investments  with  an  original  maturity  of  three  months  or  less  when  purchased  to  be  cash 

equivalents. 

Restricted Cash 

In  October  2009,  we  established a  cash collateral  account with the  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  9.25%  Senior  Secured Second 
Lien Notes due 2017 (the 9.25% Notes).  The cash collateral account restricted the use of cash therein to repurchase the 3.0% 
Convertible Senior Notes due 2027 (the 3.0% Notes) and our 4.875% Convertible Senior Notes due 2018 (the 4.875% Notes) 
upon, or prior to, the expiration of the put periods for such notes in May 2010 and January 2011, respectively.  Upon expiration 
of the put period for the 4.875% Notes in January 2011, the unused cash was used to reduce our overall debt balance pursuant to 
our Bank Credit Agreement.  See Note 5. Notes Payable and Commercial Bank Financing for more information.  During 2010, we used 

2011 Annual Report  37  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$53.6 million of restricted cash to repurchase a portion of the outstanding 3.0% and 4.875% Notes.  As of December 31, 2010, all 
of the restricted cash classified as current related to the 4.875% Notes’ January 2011 put option.   

Upon entering into definitive agreements to purchase assets of Four Points and Freedom in September 2011 and November 
2011, respectively, we were required to deposit 10% of the purchase price for each acquisition into an escrow account.  As of 
December  31,  2011,  $58.5  million  in  restricted  cash  classified  as  noncurrent  relates  to  the  amount  held  in  escrow  for  these 
pending acquisitions.  

Additionally, under the terms of certain lease agreements, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, we were required to hold $0.2 

million of restricted cash related to the removal of analog equipment from some of our leased towers.   

Accounts Receivable 

Management  regularly  reviews  accounts  receivable  and  determines  an  appropriate  estimate  for  the  allowance  for  doubtful 
accounts  based  upon  the  impact  of  economic  conditions  on  the  merchant’s  ability  to  pay,  past  collection  experience  and  such 
other factors which, in management’s judgment, deserve current recognition.  In turn, a provision is charged against earnings in 
order to maintain the appropriate allowance level.   

A rollforward of the allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows (in 

thousands): 

Balance at beginning of period 
Charged to expense 
Net write-offs 
Balance at end of period 

Programming 

2011 

2010 

2009 

$  

$  

3,242 
751 
(985) 
3,008 

$  

$  

2,932 
703 
(393) 
3,242 

$  

$  

3,327 
1,381 
(1,776) 
2,932 

We have agreements with distributors for the rights to television programming over contract periods, which generally run from 
one to seven years.  Contract payments are made in installments over terms that are generally equal to or shorter than the contract 
period.    Pursuant  to  accounting  guidance  for  the  broadcasting  industry,  an  asset  and  a  liability  for  the  rights  acquired  and 
obligations incurred under a license agreement are reported on the balance sheet where the cost of each program is known or 
reasonably determinable, the program material has been accepted by the licensee in accordance with the conditions of the license 
agreement and the program is available for its first showing or telecast. The portion of program contracts which becomes payable 
within one year is reflected as a current liability in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.   

The rights to this programming are reflected in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at the lower of unamortized cost 
or estimated net realizable value.   With the exception of one-year contracts amortization of program contract costs is computed 
using  either  a  four-year  accelerated  method  or  based  on  usage,  whichever  method  results  in  the  earliest  recognition  of 
amortization  for  each  program.    Program  contract  cost  are  amortized  on  a straight-line  basis  for  one-year  contracts.    Program 
contract  costs  estimated  by  management  to  be  amortized  in  the  succeeding  year  are  classified  as  current  assets.    Payments  of 
program  contract  liabilities  are  typically  made  on  a  scheduled  basis  and  are  not  affected  by  adjustments  for  amortization  or 
estimated net realizable value.  

Estimated  net  realizable  values  are  based  on  management’s  expectation  of  future  advertising  revenues,  net  of  sales 
commissions, to be generated by the program material.  We perform a net realizable value calculation quarterly for each of our 
program contract costs in accordance with FASB guidance on Financial Reporting for Broadcasters.  We utilize sales information 
to estimate the future revenue of each commitment and measure that amount against the commitment.  If the estimated future 
revenue  is  less  than  the  amount  of  the  commitment,  a  loss  is  recorded  in  amortization  of  program  contract  costs  and  net 
realizable value adjustments in the consolidated statements of operations. 

Barter Arrangements 

Certain  program  contracts  provide  for  the  exchange  of  advertising  airtime  in  lieu  of  cash  payments  for  the  rights  to  such 
programming.  The revenues realized from station barter arrangements are recorded as the programs are aired at the estimated fair 
value  of the advertising  airtime  given  in exchange for the  program  rights.   Program  service  arrangements  are  accounted  for  as 
station  barter  arrangements,  however,  network  affiliation  programming  is  excluded  from  these  calculations.    Revenues  are 
recorded  as  revenues  realized  from  station  barter  arrangements  and  the  corresponding  expenses  are  recorded  as  expenses 
recognized  from  station  barter  arrangements.    In  conjunction  with  the  2009  termination  of  our  MyNetworkTV  affiliation 

38  Sinclair Broadcast Group 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
agreements described in Note 9. Commitments and Contingencies, in September 2009 our relationship with MyNetworkTV changed to 
a program service arrangement and is accounted for as a station barter arrangement.  

We broadcast certain customers’ advertising in exchange for equipment, merchandise and services.  The estimated fair value of 
the  equipment,  merchandise  or  services  received  is  recorded  as  deferred  barter  costs  and  the  corresponding  obligation  to 
broadcast advertising is recorded as deferred barter revenues.  The deferred barter costs are expensed or capitalized as they are 
used,  consumed  or  received  and  are  included  in  station  production  expenses  and  station  selling,  general  and  administrative 
expenses, as applicable.  Deferred barter revenues are recognized as the related advertising is aired and are recorded in revenues 
realized from station barter arrangements.   

Other Assets 

Other assets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Equity and cost method investments 
Unamortized costs related to debt issuances  
Other 

Total other assets 

2011 
80,539 
34,590 
8,280 
123,409 

$ 

$ 

2010 
76,275 
30,017 
2,124 
108,416 

$ 

$ 

We have equity and cost method investments primarily in private investment funds and real estate ventures.  These investments 
are included in our other operating divisions segment.  In the event that one or more of our investments are significant, we are 
required to disclose summarized financial information.  For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, none of our 
investments were significant individually or in the aggregate. 

When factors indicate that there may be a decrease in value of an equity or cost method investment, we assess whether a loss in 
value has occurred related to the investment.  If that loss is deemed to be other than temporary, an impairment loss is recorded 
accordingly.    For  any  investments  that  indicate  a  potential  impairment,  we  estimate  the  fair  values  of  those  investments  using 
discounted cash flow models, unrelated third party valuations or industry comparables, based on the various facts available to us.  
For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  we  recorded  impairments  of  $6.7  million  related  to  three  of  our  investments.    The 
impairments are recorded in the gain (loss) from equity and cost method investees in our consolidated statement of operations.  
No impairment was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2011 or 2009.    

Impairment of Intangible and Long-Lived Assets  

The accounting guidance for goodwill and other intangible assets requires that goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets be 
tested for impairment at least annually, or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that impairment potentially exists.  
Beginning  with  the  annual  goodwill  impairment  test  in  2011,  which  we  perform  each  year  in  the  fourth  quarter,  we  applied  a 
qualitative assessment to assess whether it is more likely than not a reporting unit has been impaired.  Our qualitative assessment 
includes, but is not limited to, assessing the changes in macroeconomics conditions, regulatory environment, industry and market 
conditions, and the specific financial performance of the reporting units, as well as any other events or circumstances specific to 
the reporting units.  If we conclude that it is more likely than not that a reporting unit is impaired, we will apply the quantitative 
two-step method. In the first step, the Company determines the fair value of the reporting unit and compares that fair value to the 
net  book  value  of  the  reporting  unit.  The  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit  is  determined  using  various  valuation  techniques, 
including  quoted  market  prices,  observed  earnings/cash  flow  multiples  paid  for  comparable  television  stations  and  discounted 
cash flow models.  If the net book value of the reporting unit were to exceed the fair value, we would then perform the second 
step of the impairment test, which requires allocation of the reporting unit’s fair value to all of its assets and liabilities in a manner 
similar to a purchase price allocation, with any residual fair value being allocated to goodwill to determine the implied fair value. 
An impairment charge will be recognized only when the implied fair value of a reporting unit’s goodwill is less than its carrying 
amount.  Prior to 2011, the annual impairment test for goodwill was performed using the quantitative two-step method described 
above, for all reporting units.  For our annual impairment test for indefinite-lived intangibles, broadcast licenses, we compare the 
fair value of the broadcast licenses, at a market level, to the carrying amount of those same broadcast licenses.  If the carrying 
amount of the broadcast licenses exceeds the fair value, then an impairment loss is recorded to the extent that the carrying value 
of the broadcast licenses exceeds the fair value. 

We aggregate our stations by market for purposes of our goodwill impairment testing.  We believe that our markets are most 
representative  of  our  broadcast  reporting  units  because  segment  management  views,  manages  and  evaluates  our  stations  on  a 
market basis.  Furthermore, in our markets operated as duopolies, certain costs of operating the stations are shared including the 
use  of  buildings  and  equipment,  the  sales  force  and  administrative  personnel.    When  performing  the  quantitative  two-step 
method,  we  estimate  the  fair  market  value  of  our  reporting  units  using  a  combination  of  quoted  market  prices,  observed 

2011 Annual Report  39  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
earnings/cash  flow  multiples  paid  for  comparable  television  stations,  and  discounted  cash  flow  models.    Our  discounted  cash 
flow model is based on our judgment of future market conditions within each designated market area, as well as discount rates 
that would be used by market participants in an arms-length transaction.   

When  evaluating  our  broadcast  licenses  for impairment,  the  testing  is done  at  the  unit  of  accounting  level  using  the  income 
approach method. The income approach method involves an eight-year model that incorporates several variables, including, but 
not limited to, discounted cash flows of a typical market participant, market revenue and long term growth projections, estimated 
market  share  for  the  typical  participant  and  estimated  profit  margins  based  on  market  size  and  station  type.  The  model  also 
assumes outlays for capital expenditures, future terminal values, an effective tax rate assumption and a discount rate based on the 
weighted-average cost of capital of the television broadcast industry.  

We  periodically  evaluate  our  long-lived  assets  for  impairment  and  continue  to  evaluate  them  as  events  or  changes  in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be fully recoverable.  We evaluate the recoverability of 
long-lived assets by measuring the carrying amount of the assets against the estimated undiscounted future cash flows associated 
with them.  At the time that such evaluations indicate that the future undiscounted cash flows of certain long-lived assets are not 
sufficient to recover the carrying value of such assets, the assets are tested for impairment by comparing their estimated fair value 
to the carrying value.  We typically estimate fair value using discounted cash flow models and appraisals.  See Note 4. Goodwill and 
Other Intangible Assets, for more information. 

Accrued Liabilities 

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands): 

Compensation and employee insurance 
Interest 
Other accruals relating to operating expenses 
Deferred revenue 
  Total accrued liabilities 

We expense these activities when incurred.   

Income Taxes 

2011 

16,665 
12,191 
37,498 
13,344 
79,698 

$  

$   

2010 

16,637 
13,528 
29,027 
8,879 
68,071 

$   

$   

We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and 
the  tax  basis  of  assets  and  liabilities.    We  provide  a  valuation  allowance  for  deferred  tax  assets  if  we  determine,  based  on  the 
weight of all available evidence, that it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.  As of 
December 31, 2011, valuation allowances have been provided for a substantial amount of our available state net operating losses.   
Management  periodically  performs  a  comprehensive  review  of  our  tax  positions  and  accrues  amounts  for  tax  contingencies.  
Based on these reviews, the status of ongoing audits and the expiration of applicable statute of limitations, accruals are adjusted as 
necessary in accordance with income tax accounting guidance. 

Supplemental Information – Statements of Cash Flows 

During 2011, 2010 and 2009, we had the following cash transactions (in thousands): 

Income taxes paid related to continuing operations 
Income tax refunds received related to continuing operations 
Interest paid 

2011 

897 
$   
$   
5 
$    98,643 

2010 
1,211 
$   
$   
8,435 
$    110,833 

2009 

537 
$   
$   
2,975 
$    61,266 

Non-cash  barter  and  trade  expense  are  presented  on  the  face  of  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations.    Non-cash 
transactions related to capital lease obligations were $2.3 million, $1.4 million and $2.3 million for the years ended December 31, 
2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.     

Revenue Recognition 

Total revenues include: (i) cash and barter advertising revenues, net of agency commissions; (ii) retransmission consent fees; (iii) 

network compensation; (iv) other broadcast revenues and (v) revenues from our other operating divisions.   

40  Sinclair Broadcast Group 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Advertising revenues, net of agency commissions, are recognized in the period during which time spots are aired.   

Our retransmission consent agreements contain both advertising and retransmission consent elements.  We have determined 
that our retransmission consent agreements are revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables.  Advertising and retransmission 
consent deliverables sold under our agreements are separated into different units of accounting at fair value.   Revenue applicable 
to  the  advertising  element  of  the  arrangement  is  recognized  similar  to  the  advertising  revenue  policy  noted  above.    Revenue 
applicable to the retransmission consent element of the arrangement is recognized over the life of the agreement. 

Network compensation revenue is recognized over the term of the contract.  All other significant revenues are recognized as 

services are provided.   

Advertising Expenses 

Advertising  expenses  are  recorded  in  the  period  when  incurred  and  are  included  in  station  production  expenses.    Total 
advertising expenses from continuing operations, net of advertising co-op credits, were $8.7 million, $6.2 million and $3.9 million 
for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. 

Financial Instruments 

Financial instruments, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, consisted of cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, 
notes receivable (which are included in other current assets), accounts payable, accrued liabilities and notes payable.  The carrying 
amounts approximate fair value for each of these financial instruments, except for the notes payable.  See Note 5. Notes Payable and 
Commercial Bank Financing, for additional information regarding the fair value of notes payable.   

Pension 

We  are  required  to  recognize  the  funded  status  (i.e.,  the  difference  between  the  fair  value  of  plan  assets  and  the  projected 
benefit obligations) of our pension plan in our consolidated financial statements.  As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, we held a 
liability of $4.6 million and $3.2 million, respectively, representing the under funded status of our defined benefit pension plan. 

Reclassifications 

Certain  reclassifications  have  been  made  to  prior  years’  consolidated  financial  statements  to  conform  to  the  current  year’s 

presentation.   

2.  STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS: 

Description of Awards 

We  have  seven  types  of  stock-based  compensation  awards:  compensatory  stock  options  (options),  restricted  stock  awards 
(RSAs),  an  employee  stock  purchase  plan  (ESPP),  employer  matching  contributions  (the  Match)  for  participants  in  our  401(k) 
plan, stock-settled  appreciation  rights  (SARs),  subsidiary  stock  awards  and stock  grants  to  our  non-employee directors.   Stock-
based compensation expense has no effect on our consolidated cash flows.  Below is a summary of the key terms and methods of 
valuation of our stock-based compensation awards: 

Options.  In  June  1996,  our  Board  of  Directors  adopted,  upon  approval  of  the  shareholders  by  proxy,  the  1996  Long-Term 
Incentive Plan (LTIP).  The purpose of the LTIP is to reward key individuals for making major contributions to our success and 
the success of our subsidiaries and to attract and retain the services of qualified and capable employees.  Options granted pursuant 
to the LTIP must be exercised within 10 years following the grant date.  A total of 14,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock 
are reserved for awards under this plan.  As of December 31, 2011, 9,955,309 shares (including forfeited shares) were available for 
future grants.  We have not issued any options subsequent to accelerating the vesting in 2005. 

2011 Annual Report  41  

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following is a summary of changes in outstanding stock options: 

Outstanding at December 31, 2010 
2011 Activity: 

Granted 
Exercised 
Cancelled 

Outstanding at December 31, 2011 

Options 
300,500 

— 
(113,450) 
(8,050) 
179,000 

Weighted-Average 
Exercise Price 
10.81 
$ 

Exercisable 
300,500 

Weighted-Average 
Exercise Price 

$ 

10.81 

— 
12.12 
11.09 
11.69 

$ 

— 
— 
— 
179,000 

— 
— 
— 
11.69 

$ 

RSAs.  RSAs are granted to employees pursuant to the LTIP.  RSAs issued in 2011 and 2010 have certain restrictions that lapse 
over two years at 50% and 50%, respectively.  RSAs issued prior to 2010 have certain restrictions that lapse over three years at 
25%, 25% and 50%, respectively.  As the restrictions lapse, the Class A Common Stock may be freely traded on the open market.  
Unvested RSAs are entitled to dividends.  The fair value assumes the value of the stock on the trading date immediately prior to 
the grant date. 

The following is a summary of changed in unvested restricted stock: 

Unvested shares at December 31, 2010 
2011 Activity: 

Granted 
Vested 
Forfeited 

Unvested shares at December 31, 2011 

RSAs 
220,750 

91,000 
(134,250) 
(3,000) 
174,500 

Weighted-Average 
Price 
6.44 

$   

12.07 
6.88 
9.96 
8.97 

$  

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, we recorded compensation expense of $1.0 million, $0.8 million and 
$0.6 million, respectively. The majority of the unrecognized compensation expense of $0.7 million, as of December 31, 2011, will 
be recognized in 2012. 

ESPP.    In  March  1998,  the  Board  of  Directors  adopted,  subject  to  approval  of  the  shareholders,  the  ESPP.    The  ESPP 
provides our employees with an opportunity to become shareholders through a convenient arrangement for purchasing shares of 
Class  A  Common  Stock.    On  the  first  day  of  each  payroll  deduction  period,  each  participating  employee  receives  options  to 
purchase a number of shares of our common stock with money that is withheld from his or her paycheck. The number of shares 
available to the participating employee is determined at the end of the payroll deduction period by dividing the total amount of 
money withheld during the payroll deduction period by the exercise price of the options (as described below). Options granted 
under the ESPP to employees are automatically exercised to purchase shares on the last day of the payroll deduction period unless 
the  participating  employee  has,  at  least  thirty  days  earlier,  requested  that  his  or  her  payroll  contributions  stop.    Any  cash 
accumulated in an employee’s account for a period in which an employee elects not to participate is distributed to the employee. 

The initial exercise price for options under the ESPP is 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of the common stock as of 
the first day of the quarter and as of the last day of that quarter. No participant can purchase more than $25,000 worth of our 
common stock over all payroll deduction periods ending during the same calendar year.  We value the stock options under the 
ESPP  using  the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model,  which  incorporates  the  following  assumptions  as  of  December  31,  2011, 
2010 and 2009:   

Risk-free interest rate 
Expected life 
Expected volatility 
Weighted average volatility 
Annual dividend yield 
Weighted average dividend yield 

2011 
0.4% 
3 months 
38%-67% 
51% 
3.8%-6.6% 
5.4% 

2010 
0.3% 
3 months 
64%-88% 
77% 
— 
— 

2009 
0.3% 
3 months 
94%-137% 
106% 
— 
— 

We use the Black-Scholes model as opposed to a lattice pricing model because employee exercise patterns are not relevant to 
this  plan.    The  risk-free  interest  rate  is  based  on  the  U.S.  Treasury  yield  curve  in  effect  at  the  time  of  grant  with  short-term 
maturities that approximate the expected life of the options.  The expected life is based on the approximate number of days in the 
quarter assuming the option was issued on the first day of the quarter.  The expected volatility is based on our historical stock 

42  Sinclair Broadcast Group 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
prices over the previous three month period.  The annual dividend yield is based on the annual dividend per share divided by the 
share price on the grant date. 

The stock-based compensation expense recorded related to the ESPP for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 
was $0.1 million, $0.2 million and $0.3 million, respectively.  Less than 0.1 million shares were issued to employees during the year 
ended December 31, 2011.   

Match.  The Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc. 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and Trust (the 401(k) Plan) is available as a benefit for 
our eligible employees.  Contributions made to the 401(k) Plan include an employee elected salary reduction amount, company-
matching contributions (the Match) and an additional discretionary amount determined each year by the Board of Directors.  The  
Match and any additional discretionary contributions may be made using our Class A Common Stock if the Board of Directors so 
chooses.  Typically, we make the Match using our Class A Common Stock.  

The value of the Match is based on the level of elective deferrals into the 401(k) plan.  The amount of shares of our Class A 
Common Stock used to make the Match is determined using the closing price on or about March 1st of each year for the previous 
calendar year’s Match.  The Match is discretionary and is equal to a maximum of 50% of elective deferrals by eligible employees, 
capped at 4% of the employee’s total cash compensation.  For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, we recorded $1.3 
million and $1.5 million, respectively, of compensation expense related to the Match. We did not make a 401(k) plan Match in 
2009. 

SARs.  On March 22, 2011, 300,000 SARs were granted to David Smith, our President and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant 
to the LTIP.  The base value of each SAR is $12.07 per share, which was the closing price of our Class A Common Stock on the 
grant  date.    The  SARs  had  a  grant  date  fair  value  of  $2.2  million.    On  March  12,  2010,  300,000  SARs  were  granted  to  David 
Smith,  pursuant  to  the  LTIP.    The  base  value  of  each  SAR  is  $5.75  per  share,  which  was  the  closing  price  of  our  Class  A 
Common Stock on the grant date.  The SARs had a grant date fair value of $1.6 million.  No SARs were granted in 2009.  The 
SARs  have  a  10-year  term  and  vest  immediately.    We  valued  the  SARs  using  the  Black-Scholes  model  and  the  following 
assumptions: 

Risk-free interest rate 
Expected life 
Expected volatility 
Annual dividend yield 

2011 
3.60% 
10 years 
67.94% 
2.27% 

2010 
3.85% 
10 years 
110.38% 
0.00% 

For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, we recorded compensation expense, at the grant date, of $2.2 million and 
$1.6 million, respectively, related to these grants.  In 2011, David Smith exercised 650,000 of his SARs for 237,947 shares.  During 
2011 and 2010, these SARs increased the weighted average shares outstanding for purposes of determining dilutive earnings per 
share.  During 2009, these SARs had no effect on the shares used in our diluted loss per share, as they were anti-dilutive.  As of 
December 31, 2011, 500,000 SARs were outstanding.   

Subsidiary Stock Awards.  From time to time, we grant subsidiary stock awards to employees.  The subsidiary stock is typically in 
the form of a membership interest in a consolidated limited liability company, not traded on a public exchange and valued based 
on the estimated fair value of the subsidiary.  Fair value is typically estimated using discounted cash flow models and appraisals.  
These stock awards vest immediately.  For the year ended December 31, 2011, we recorded compensation expense of $2.9 million 
related  to  these  awards.  We  did  not  issue  any  subsidiary  stock  awards  in  2010  or  2009.    During  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2011, we purchased $2.5 million of subsidiary shares from noncontrolling interests.  These awards have no effect on the shares 
used in our basic and diluted earnings per share.  

Stock  Grants  to  Non-Employee  Directors.    In  addition  to  directors  fees  paid,  on  the  date  of  each  of  our  annual  meetings  of 
shareholders, each non-employee director receives a grant of shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to the LTIP.  In 2011, 
2010 and 2009, each non-employee director received 5,000 shares, respectively.   On June 3, 2011, June 3, 2010 and June 4, 2009, 
we granted 25,000 shares that had a fair value of $9.39 per share, 25,000 shares that had a fair value of $6.61 per share and 25,000 
shares that had a fair value of $2.09 per share, respectively.  The fair value assumes the closing value of the stock on the date of 
grant.    We  recorded  an  expense  of  $0.2  million  for  each  of  the  years  ended  December  31,  2011  and  2010  and  less  than  $0.1 
million on the date of grant for the year ended December 31, 2009, respectively.  Additionally, these shares are included in the 
total shares outstanding, which results in a dilutive effect on our basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share. 

2011 Annual Report  43  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT: 

Property  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost,  less  accumulated  depreciation.    Depreciation  is  computed  under  the  straight-line 

method over the following estimated useful lives: 

Buildings and improvements 
Station equipment 
Office furniture and equipment 
Leasehold improvements 
Automotive equipment 
Property and equipment under capital leases 

10 - 30 years 
5 - 10 years 
5 - 10 years 
Lesser of 10 - 30 years or lease term 
3 - 5 years 
Lease term 

Property and equipment consisted of the following as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands): 

Land and improvements 
Real estate held for development and sale 
Buildings and improvements 
Station equipment 
Office furniture and equipment 
Leasehold improvements 
Automotive equipment 
Capital leased assets 
Construction in progress 

Less: accumulated depreciation 

2011 
20,303 
55,517 
98,283 
306,041 
37,305 
14,495 
12,578 
79,259 
6,647 
630,428 
(348,907) 
281,521 

$  

$  

2010 
20,183 
54,474 
93,514 
341,022 
44,735 
15,336 
12,040 
79,259 
3,005 
663,568 
(391,337) 
272,231 

$  

$  

Capital leased assets are related to building, tower and equipment leases.  Depreciation related to capital leases is included in 
depreciation  expense  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations.    We  recorded  capital  lease  depreciation  expense  of  $3.8 
million, $4.0 million and $4.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.   

4.  GOODWILL, BROADCAST LICENSES AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS:  

Goodwill,  which  arises  from  the  purchase  price  exceeding  the  assigned  value  of  the  net  assets  of  an  acquired  business, 
represents  the  value  attributable  to  unidentifiable  intangible  elements  being  acquired.  Goodwill  totaled  $660.1 million  and 
$660.0 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  The change in the carrying amount of goodwill related to continuing 
operations was as follows (in thousands): 

Balance at December 31, 2009  

Goodwill 
Accumulated impairment losses 

Balance at December 31, 2010  

Goodwill 
Accumulated impairment losses 

Acquisition of other operating divisions companies (a) 
Balance at December 31, 2011  

Goodwill (a) 
Accumulated impairment losses 

Broadcast 

$    1,070,202 
(413,573) 
656,629 

$    1,070,202 
(413,573) 
656,629 
— 

$   

$ 

1,070,202 
(413,573) 
656,629 

Other 
Operating 
Divisions 

Consolidated 

$   

$   

$   

$ 

3,388 
— 
3,388 

3,388 
— 
3,388 
100 

3,488 
— 
3,488 

$   

$   

$   

$   

1,073,590 
(413,573) 
660,017 

1,073,590 
(413,573) 
660,017 
100 

1,073,690 
(413,573) 
660,117 

(a)  In May 2011, we acquired the Ring of Honor wrestling franchise.  

44  Sinclair Broadcast Group 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
As  of  December  31,  2011  and  2010,  the  carrying  amount  of  our  broadcast  licenses  related  to  continuing  operations  was  as 

follows (in thousands): 

Beginning balance  
Broadcast license impairment charge  
Acquisition of television station (a) 
Ending balance (b) 

2011 
47,375 
(398) 
25 
47,002 

$   

$   

2010 
51,988 
(4,613) 
— 
47,375 

$   

$   

(a) 

In 2011, Cunningham, a VIE for which we consolidate, acquired the license assets of WDBB-TV, in Birmingham, Alabama. 

(b)  Approximately $4.2 million of broadcast licenses relate to consolidated VIEs as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. 

We  did  not  have  any  indicators  of  impairment  in  the  first,  second  or  third  quarters  of  2011  and  therefore  did  not  perform 
interim impairment tests for goodwill during those periods.  In the first quarter 2011, we recorded an impairment charge of $0.4 
million  for  our  broadcast  licenses  due  to  anticipated  increase  in  costs  for  one  of  our  stations  as  a  result  of  converting  to  full 
power.    We  performed  our  annual  impairment  tests  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2011,  and  did  not  recognize  any  impairment  as  a 
result of the assessments.   

As  a result  of our  2010  annual  impairment  test,  we recorded an  impairment charge  related to  our  broadcast  licenses  of  $4.6 
million.    Broadcast  licenses  were  impaired  in  7  of  35  markets  and  were  primarily  the  result  of  additional  cash  outflows  for 
increased signal strength necessary to maintain competitive market positions.  The fair value of the broadcast licenses was $55.5 
million.  There was no impairment to goodwill in 2010.   

We recorded an impairment charge in the first quarter of 2009 based on an interim impairment test performed as a result of the 
severe economic downturn and continued decrease in our market capitalization.  As a result of this test, we recorded $69.5 million 
and $60.6 million in impairment charges related to our goodwill and broadcast licenses, respectively, in the first quarter of 2009.  
Broadcast licenses were impaired in 28 of 35 markets.  The fair value of the broadcast licenses was $85.3 million.  We recorded 
goodwill impairment in three markets including Cedar Rapids, Iowa; Charleston, West Virginia; and Madison, Wisconsin.   

The  impairment  charge  taken  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  2009  was  primarily  due  to  the  continued  deterioration  of  the 
economy and further revisions to our forecasted cash flows, cash  flow multiples and discount rates. As a result of this test, we 
recorded $94.7 million and $24.3 million in impairment charges related to our goodwill and broadcast licenses, respectively, in the 
fourth quarter of 2009.  Broadcast licenses were impaired in 18 of 35 markets.  We recorded goodwill impairment in two markets 
including Buffalo, New York; and Pensacola, Florida. 

The carrying value, fair value and impairment loss of the goodwill and broadcast licenses which were impaired during 2011, 

2010 and 2009 were as follows (in thousands): 

Fair Value Measurements Using 

Quoted 
Prices in 
Active 
Markets for 
Identical 
Assets 
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

Carrying Value

Description 
Year Ended December 31, 2011 
Broadcast licenses (a) 

Year Ended December 31, 2010 
Broadcast licenses (a) 

Year Ended December 31, 2009 
Goodwill of markets which were 
impaired during the year (b) 

Broadcast licenses (a) 

$  

$  

$  
$  

1,265 

$  

14,850 

$  

55,762 
51,542 

$  
$  

— 

— 

— 
— 

$  

$  

$  
$  

Total 
Impairment 
Losses 

$  

$  

398 

4,613 

— 

$  

1,265 

— 

$   14,850 

— 
— 

$   55,762  
$   51,542  

$  
$  

164,171 
80,434 

(a)  The fair value above represents the fair value of the broadcast licenses that were impaired in 2011, 2010 and 2009 and recorded to fair 
value.  It excludes carrying values of $45.7 million, $32.5 million and $0.4 million related to broadcast licenses as of December 31, 
2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, which were not impaired during those years and had fair values in excess of carrying value. 

2011 Annual Report  45  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)  The fair value above represents the implied fair value of the goodwill assigned to the five impaired markets in 2009 for which we were 
required to calculate this amount.  It excludes carrying values related to goodwill of $604.2 million at December 31, 2009 for which we 
were not required to calculate the fair value. 

The  key  assumptions  used  to  determine  the  fair  value  of  our  reporting  units  to  test  our  goodwill  for  impairment  and  to 
determine the fair value of our broadcast licenses consist of discount rates, revenue and expense growth rates, constant growth 
rates and comparable business multiples.  The revenue, expense and constant growth rates used in determining the fair value of 
our  broadcast  licenses  have  increased  slightly  from  2010  to  2011.    The  growth  rates  are  based  on  market  studies,  industry 
knowledge and historical performance. 

The discount rates used to determine the fair value of our broadcast licenses did not significantly change from 2010 to 2011.  
The discount rate is based on a number of factors including market interest rates, a weighted average cost of capital analysis based 
on the target capital structure for a television station, and includes adjustments for market risk and company specific risk.    

The following table shows the gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization of definite-lived intangibles related to 

continuing operations (in thousands): 

As of December 31, 2011 

Weighted 
Average 
Amortization 
Period 

Gross Carrying 
Amount 

Accumulated 
Amortization 

Net 

Amortized intangible assets: 

Network affiliation 
Decaying advertiser base 
Other 

Total 

25 years 
15 years 
15 years 

$  

$  

244,900 
122,375 
106,243 (a) 
473,518 

$   (141,202) 
(115,897) 
(41,078) 
$   (298,177) 

$  

$  

103,698 
6,478 
65,165   
175,341 

As of December 31, 2010 

Weighted 
Average 
Amortization 
Period 

Gross Carrying 
Amount 

Accumulated 
Amortization 

Net 

Amortized intangible assets: 

Network affiliation 
Decaying advertiser base 
Other 

Total 

25 years 
15 years 
15 years 

$  

$  

245,025 
122,375 
97,200 (a) 
464,600 

$  

(132,013) 
(111,675) 
(36,260) 
$   (279,948) 

$  

$  

113,012 
10,700 
60,940  
184,652 

(a)  During  2011  and  2010,  we  purchased  $8.9  million  and  $10.2  million,  respectively,  in  additional  alarm  monitoring  contracts 

related to a business within our other operating divisions. 

Definite-lived intangible assets and other assets subject to amortization are being amortized on a straight-line basis over periods 
of 5 to 25 years.  The amortization expense of the definite-lived intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 
and  2009  was  $18.2  million,  $18.8  million  and  $22.4  million,  respectively.    We  analyze  specific  definite-lived  intangibles  for 
impairment when events occur that may impact their value in accordance with the respective accounting guidance for long-lived 
assets.  There were no impairment charges recorded for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.   

The following table shows the estimated amortization expense of the definite-lived intangible assets for the next five years (in 

thousands): 

For the year ended December 31, 2012 
For the year ended December 31, 2013 
For the year ended December 31, 2014 
For the year ended December 31, 2015 
For the year ended December 31, 2016 
Thereafter 

$   

$   

17,344   
15,398 
13,072 
12,869 
12,766 
103,892 
175,341 

46  Sinclair Broadcast Group 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.  NOTES PAYABLE AND COMMERCIAL BANK FINANCING: 

Bank Credit Agreement 

On  January  15,  2011,  the  put  right  period  for  the  4.875%  Notes,  which  mature  on  July  15,  2018,  expired  and  no  holders 
exercised their put rights.  Pursuant to our Bank Credit Agreement, the $5.1 million in restricted cash held to pay for the put of 
any 4.875% Notes was used towards reducing our debt balance in March 2011.  On January 15, 2011, the 4.875% Notes cash 
interest  rate  of  4.875%  changed  to  2.00%  through  maturity  with  the  difference  of  2.875%  being  accrued  and  then  paid  at 
maturity.  As of December 31, 2011, the face amount of the outstanding 4.875% Notes was $5.7 million.   

On March 15, 2011, we entered into an amendment (the Amendment) of our Bank Credit Agreement.  The final terms of the 

Amendment are as follows:   

  A  new  Term  Loan  A  facility  (Term  Loan  A)  of  $115.0  million.    The  Term  Loan  A  bears  interest  at  LIBOR  plus 

2.25%.  The Term Loan A is repayable in quarterly installments, amortizing as follows: 
o  1.875% per quarter commencing March 31, 2012 to December 31, 2012 
o  2.50% per quarter commencing March 31, 2013 to December 31, 2013 
o  3.125% per quarter commencing March 31, 2014 to December 31, 2015 
o 

remaining unpaid principal due at maturity on March 15, 2016 

  We paid down $45.0 million of the outstanding $270.0 million Term Loan B facility (Term Loan B).  Interest on the 
Term Loan B was reduced to LIBOR plus 3.00% with a 1.00% LIBOR floor.  Principal will continue to amortize at a 
rate  of  $825,000  per  quarter  through  September  30,  2016  ending  with  a  final  payment  of  the  remaining  unpaid 
principal due at maturity on October 29, 2016. 

  Other amended terms provide us with incremental term loan capacity of $300.0 million and more flexibility to use our 
cash balances and the revolving credit facility for restricted payments and television acquisitions, including in certain 
circumstances the ability to make up to $100.0 million in restricted annual cash payments including but not limited to 
dividends and share repurchases.   

On  December  16,  2011  we  further  amended  certain  terms  of,  and  raised  additional  commitments  under  our  Bank  Credit 
Agreement in order to fund the acquisition of the Four Points and Freedom stations.  The final terms of this new amendment are 
as follows: 

  We raised $530.0 million of incremental term loan commitments, which consisted of an additional $372.5 million Term 
B Loan commitment and an additional $157.5 million Term A Loan commitment.  Interest rates and maturity were not 
amended. 

  We increased our revolving line of credit from $75.4 million to $97.5 million and extended the maturity from 2013 to be 
coterminous with the Term Loan A maturity of March 2016.  Pricing on the revolving line of credit was reduced from 
LIBOR plus 4.00% with a 2.00% LIBOR floor down to LIBOR plus 2.25%, with no LIBOR floor.   

  We also amended certain terms of the Bank Credit Agreement, including increased incremental loan capacity, increased 

television station acquisition capacity and more flexibility under the restrictive covenants. 

  We will begin to incur fees on the undrawn commitments beginning January 17, 2012.  The fees are calculated based on 
an annual rate of 0.5% for the Term Loan A, which will increase to 1.0% after March 30, 2012, and 1.5% for the Term 
Loan B which will increase to 3.0% after March 30, 2012.  If we do not complete the Freedom acquisition and draw on 
the remaining commitments by July 1, 2012, the commitments will expire. 

We drew $180.0 million of the additional term loans to fund the previously announced acquisition of assets of Four Points, 
which closed in January 2012, and intend to draw the remaining $350.0 million of the additional term loans to fund the previously 
announced acquisition of assets of Freedom, which is expected to close late in the first quarter or early in the second quarter of 
2012.  As of December 31, 2011, we had $12.0 million drawn on our revolver. 

Interest expense related to the Bank Credit Agreement, including the revolver, on our consolidated statement of operations was 
$19.6 million, $23.6 million and $8.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  Included in 
these  amounts were debt  refinancing  costs  of  $6.1  million  and  $3.6 million  for the years ended December  31,  2011  and  2010, 
respectively, in accordance with debt modification accounting guidance that applied to the amendments.  Additionally, during the 
year ended December 31, 2011, we capitalized $5.5 million of financing costs related to the amendment. 

The weighted average effective interest rate of the Term Loan B for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was 4.96% 
and 6.86%, respectively.  The weighted average effective interest rate of the Term Loan A for the year ended December 31, 2011 
was 2.45%. 

2011 Annual Report  47  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
8.0% Senior Subordinated Notes, Due 2012 

From March 2002 through May 29, 2003, we issued $650.0 million aggregate principal amount of 8.0% Senior Subordinated 
Notes, due 2012 (the 8.0% Notes).  Interest on the 8.0% Notes was paid semiannually on March 15 and September 15 of each 
year, beginning September 15, 2002.  The 8.0% Notes were issued under an indenture among us, certain of our subsidiaries (the 
guarantors) and the trustee.   

On September 20, 2010, we commenced a tender offer to purchase for cash any and all of the outstanding 8.0% Notes.  We 
offered to purchase the 8.0% Notes at a purchase price of $1,002.50 per $1,000 principal amount, if tendered within the first ten 
business  days  of  the  tender  offer  period  or  $972.50  per  $1,000  principal  amount  if  tendered  after  such  time,  plus  accrued  and 
unpaid  interest.    The  tender  offers  expired  October  19,  2010  and  approximately  $175.7  million  principal  amount  of  the  8.0% 
Notes  were  tendered  and  purchased.    On  November  19,  2010,  we  completed  the  redemption  of  the  remaining  $49.0  million 
outstanding of 8.0% Notes.  These notes were redeemed for cash at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount of the 
8.0%  Notes  plus  accrued  and  unpaid  interest.   The redemption  of  the  notes  was effected  in  accordance with  the  terms  of  the 
indenture governing the notes and was funded from the net proceeds of the 8.375% Senior Unsecured Notes, due 2018 (8.375% 
Notes)  offering  described  below  and  available  cash  on  hand.    As  a  result  of  these  redemptions,  we  recorded  a  gain  from 
extinguishment of debt of $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. 

Interest expense was $13.9 million and $17.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.   

The weighted average effective interest rate for the 8.0% Notes including the amortization of its bond premium was 7.88% for 

the year ended December 31, 2010. 

6.0% Convertible Debentures, Due 2012 

On June 15, 2005, we completed an exchange of our Series D Convertible Exchangeable Preferred Stock (the Preferred Stock) 
into 6.0 % Convertible Debentures, due 2012 (the 6.0% Notes).  The 6.0% Notes mature September 15, 2012, and bear interest at 
a rate of 6.0% per annum, payable quarterly on each March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15, beginning September 
15,  2005.    The  6.0%  Notes  are  convertible  into  Class  A  Common  Stock  at  the  option  of  the  holders  at  a  conversion  price  of 
$22.813 per share, subject to adjustment.  The difference in the carrying amount of the Preferred Stock and the fair value of the 
6.0% Notes was recorded as a $31.7 million discount on the 6.0% Notes and is being amortized over the life of the 6.0% Notes 
using the effective interest method.   

During 2009, we redeemed, on the open market, $1.0 million principal amount of the 6.0% Notes.  In connection with this 

redemption, we recorded a gain from extinguishment of debt of $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.   

During 2010, we repurchased, on the open market, $6.1 million in principal amount of the 6.0% Notes.  On September 20, 
2010, we commenced tender offers to purchase for cash up to $60.0 million in principal amount of the outstanding 6.0% Notes.  
We  offered  to  purchase  the  6.0%  Notes  at  a  purchase  price  of  $987.50  per  $1,000  principal  amount  plus  accrued  and  unpaid 
interest.    The  tender  offer  expired  October  19,  2010  and  approximately  $58.0  million  of  the  6.0%  Notes  were  tendered  and 
purchased.  The net proceeds from the offering of the 8.375% Notes described below and cash on hand were used to fund this 
tender offer.   

On April 15, 2011, we completed the redemption of the remaining $70.0 million of outstanding 6.0% Notes at 100% of the 
face value of such notes plus accrued and unpaid interest.  The redemption of the 6.0% Notes was effected in accordance with 
the terms of the indenture governing the 6.0% Notes and was funded from the net proceeds of our new Term Loan A.  As a 
result of this redemption, we recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. 

Interest  expense  was  $1.9  million,  $10.6  million,  and  $11.6  million  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2011,  2010  and  2009, 

respectively.   

The weighted average effective interest rate for the 6.0% Notes including the amortization of its bond discount was 9.18% and 

8.96% for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. 

9.25% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes, Due 2017 

On October 29, 2009, we issued $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 9.25% Notes that mature on November 1, 
2017, pursuant to an indenture, dated as of October 29, 2009 (the Indenture).  The 9.25% Notes were priced at 97.264% of their 
par value and accrue interest at a rate of 9.25% beginning on the issue date.  Interest on the 9.25% Notes is paid on May 1 and 
November 1 of each year, beginning May 1, 2010.  Prior to November 1, 2013, we may redeem the 9.25% Notes in whole, but 
not in part, at any time at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 9.25% Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, 
plus a “make-whole premium” as set forth in the Indenture.  Beginning on November 1, 2013, we may redeem some or all of the 
48  Sinclair Broadcast Group 

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9.25% Notes at any time or from time to time at the redemption prices set forth in the Indenture.  In addition, on or prior to 
November 1, 2012, we may redeem up to 35.0% of the 9.25% Notes using the proceeds of certain equity offerings.  Upon the 
sale of certain of our assets or certain changes of control, the holders of the 9.25% Notes may require us to repurchase some or 
all of the 9.25% Notes.  The 9.25% Notes are collateralized by $1,005.7 million of our tangible and intangible assets. 

Interest expense was $47.6 million and $47.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  

The weighted average effective interest rate for the 9.25% Notes including the amortization of its bond discount was 9.74% 

and 9.71% for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. 

8.375% Senior Unsecured Notes, due 2018 

On October 4, 2010, we issued $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 8.375% Notes at 98.567% of their par value 
pursuant to an indenture, dated as of October 4, 2010 (the Indenture).  Interest on the 8.375% Notes will be paid on April 15 and 
October 15 of each year, beginning April 15, 2011.  Prior to October 15, 2014, we may redeem the 8.375% Notes in whole or in 
part, at any time or from time to time at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 8.375% Notes plus accrued and 
unpaid interest, plus a “make-whole premium” as set forth in the Indenture.  Beginning on October 15, 2014, we may redeem 
some or all of the 8.375% Notes at any time or from time to time at the redemption prices set forth in the Indenture.  In addition, 
on or prior to October 15, 2013, we may redeem up to 35% of the 8.375% Notes using the proceeds of certain equity offerings.  
Upon certain changes of control, we must offer to purchase the 8.375% Notes at a price equal to 101% of the face amount of the 
notes plus accrued and unpaid interest.  The net proceeds from the offering of the 8.375% Notes were used to fund the tender 
offers  for  our  6.0%  and  8.0%  Notes  described  above.    Concurrent  to  entering  into  the  Indenture  we  also  entered  into  a 
registration rights agreement requiring us to complete an offer of an exchange of the 8.375% Notes for registered securities with 
the SEC by July 1, 2011.  The 8.375% Notes registration became effective on November 23, 2010. 

In 2011, we repurchased, in the open market, $12.5 million principal amount of the 8.375% Notes.  We recognized a loss on 
these extinguishments of  $0.3  million.   As  of  December  31,  2011, the  principal  amount of  the  outstanding  8.375%  Notes  was 
$237.5 million. 

Interest expense was $21.0 million and $5.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. 

The weighted average effective interest rate of the 8.375% Notes was 8.64% and 8.45% for the years ended December 31, 2011 

and 2010, respectively.   

4.875% Convertible Senior Notes, Due 2018 and 3.0% Convertible Senior Notes, Due 2027 

Any holder of the 4.875% Notes may surrender all or any portion of their notes for a conversion into our Class A Common 
Stock at any time. As of December 31, 2011, the conversion price of the 4.875% Notes was $22.37 per share and the number of 
Class  A  Common  Stock  that  would  be  delivered  upon  conversion  was  254,128.    The  4.875%  Notes  bore  cash  interest  at  an 
annual rate of 4.875% until January 15, 2011 and now bear cash interest at an annual rate of 2.00% from January 15, 2011 through 
maturity.  The principal amount of the 4.875% Notes will accrete to 125.66% of the original par amount from January 15, 2011 to 
maturity.  As of January 15, 2011, no put rights were exercised for the 4.875% Notes and the put right expired. 

Upon certain conditions, the 3.0% Notes are convertible into cash and, in certain circumstances, shares of Class A Common 
Stock at any time on or before November 15, 2026.  Holders of the 3.0% Notes will have the right on May 15, 2017 and May 15, 
2022, or any other such date to be determined by us at a repurchase price payable in cash equal to the aggregate principal amount 
plus  accrued  and  unpaid  interest (including  contingent  cash interest),  if  any,  through  the repurchase date.  As  of  December  31, 
2011, the conversion price of the 3.0% Notes was $18.99 per share and the number of Class A Common Stock that would be 
delivered upon conversion was 284,360.  We recorded the difference between the initial proceeds received from the debt issuance 
and the fair value of the liability component of the debt as a discount. 

During  2009,  we  commenced  tender  offers  at  98%  of  the  face  value  of  the  notes  and  purchased  $266.6  million  and  $106.5 
million of the 3.0% Notes and 4.875% Notes, respectively.  Additionally, during 2009, we redeemed, on the open market, $50.7 
million of the 3.0% Notes.  We recorded $18.9 million and $0.2 million gain from extinguishment on the 3.0% Notes and 4.875% 
Notes, respectively during the year ended December 31, 2009.   

2011 Annual Report  49  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
During the first quarter of 2010, we completed tender offers to purchase for cash any and all of the outstanding 3.0% Notes 
and 4.875% Notes at 100% of the face value of such notes.  We redeemed approximately $12.3 million and $14.3 million of the 
3.0% and 4.875% Notes, respectively.  During the second quarter of 2010, the put right period for the 3.0% Notes expired and 
holders representing $10.0 million in principal amount of the 3.0% Notes exercised their put rights.  During the third quarter of 
2010, we redeemed $17.0 million of the 4.875% Notes in a private transaction.   

As of December 31, 2011, we have embedded derivatives related to contingent cash interest features in our 4.875% Notes and 

3.0% Notes, which had negligible fair values. 

The  weighted average  effective  interest  rate  for  the  4.875% Notes  was  4.84% and  5.42%  for  the  years ended December  31, 
2011 and 2010, respectively.  The weighted average effective interest rate on the liability portion of the 3.0% Notes was 3.0% and 
3.44% for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. 

Interest expense for the 4.875% Notes was $0.3 million, $1.0 million and $6.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 

2010 and 2009, respectively.  Interest expense for the 3.0% Notes was $0.2 million, $0.5 million and $15.5 million, respectively. 

Cunningham Bank Credit Facility 

Cunningham, one of our consolidated VIEs, holds a $33.5 million term loan facility originally entered into on March 20, 2002, 
with an unrelated third party.  Primarily all of Cunningham’s assets are collateral for its term loan facility, which is non-recourse.  
On June 5, 2009, the administrative agent under Cunningham’s bank credit facility declared an event of default under the facility 
for  failure  to  timely  deliver  certain  annual  financial  statements  as  required.   As  of  such  date,  a  rate  of  interest  of  LIBOR  plus 
5.00%, which rate includes a 2.00% default rate of interest, was instituted on all outstanding borrowings under the Cunningham 
bank credit facility.  On June 30, 2009, the default was waived and the termination date of the Cunningham term loan facility was 
extended  to  July 31,  2009,  subject  to  certain  conditions,  including  maintaining  the  default  interest  rate.   On  July 31,  2009,  the 
Cunningham bank credit facility was further extended to October 30, 2009. The extension required that Cunningham make $0.2 
million principal payments on its term loan facility as of the first day of each of August, September and October with the balance 
due  on  October 30,  2009.   To  avoid any  potential  bankruptcy  of  Cunningham,  the  lenders under  Cunningham’s  existing credit 
facility  indicated  their  willingness  to  replace  such  credit  facility  with  a  new  credit  facility,  which  was  conditioned  upon 
Cunningham’s demonstration that it can repay the outstanding principal balance due under the facility within three years maturing 
on  October  1,  2012.   The  interest  rate  of  the  new  credit  facility  is  LIBOR  plus  4.50%  with  a  2.00%  floor.    As  a  result, 
Cunningham  asked  us  to  restructure  certain  of  its  arrangements  with  us,  including  the  LMAs.    See  Note  10.  Related  Person 
Transactions for more information. 

Our  Bank  Credit  Agreement  contains  certain  cross-default  provisions  with  certain  material  third-party  licensees.    As  of 
December 31, 2011, Cunningham was the sole material third party licensee as defined in our Bank Credit Agreement.  A default 
by a material third-party licensee including a default caused by insolvency would cause an event of default under our Bank Credit 
Agreement.   

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the interest expense relating to Cunningham’s term loan facility was 

$1.0 million, $1.7 million and $1.8 million, respectively.   

Other Operating Divisions Segment Debt 

Other  operating  divisions  segment  debt  includes  the  debt  of  our  consolidated  subsidiaries  with  non-broadcast  related 
operations.  This debt is non-recourse.  Interest is paid on this debt at rates typically ranging from LIBOR plus 2.5% to a fixed 
6.11% during 2011.  During 2011, 2010 and 2009, interest expense on this debt was $3.7 million, $4.3 million and $3.8 million, 
respectively. 

50  Sinclair Broadcast Group 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Summary 

Notes payable, capital leases and the Bank Credit Agreement consisted of the following as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in 

thousands):   

Bank Credit Agreement, Term Loan A 
Bank Credit Agreement, Term Loan B 
Revolving Credit Facility 
6.0% Convertible Debentures, due 2012  
9.25% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes, due 2017 
8.375% Senior Unsecured Notes, due 2018 
4.875% Convertible Senior Notes, due 2018 
3.0% Convertible Senior Notes, due 2027 
Cunningham Term Loan Facility (non-recourse) 
Other operating divisions segment debt (all non-recourse) 
Capital leases 

Plus:  Accretion on 4.875% Convertible Senior Notes, due 2018 
Less: Discount on Bank Credit Agreement, Term Loan B 
Less: Discount on 6.0% Convertible Debentures, due 2012  
Less: Discount on 9.25% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes, due 2017 
Less: Discount on 8.375% Senior Unsecured Notes, due 2018 
Less: Current portion 

$ 

2011 
115,000 
221,700 
12,000 
— 
500,000 
237,530 
5,685 
5,400 
10,967 
51,614 
45,075 
1,204,971 
158 
(4,698) 
— 
(10,947) 
(3,018) 
(38,195) 
  $  1,148,271 

$ 

2010 
— 
270,000 
— 
70,035 
500,000 
250,000 
5,685 
5,400 
21,933 
48,000 
43,689 
1,214,742 
— 
(5,648) 
(4,015) 
(12,276) 
(3,507) 
(19,556) 
  $  1,169,740 

Indebtedness  under  the  notes  payable,  capital  leases  and  the  Bank  Credit  Agreement  as  of  December  31,  2011  matures  as 

follows (in thousands): 

2012 
2013 
2014 
2015 
2016 
2017 and thereafter 
Total minimum payments 
Plus: Accretion on 4.875% Convertible Senior Notes, due 2018 
Less: Discount on Term Loan B 
Less: Discount on 9.25% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes, 

due 2017 

Less: Discount on 8.375% Senior Unsecured Notes, due 2018 
Less: Amount representing interest 

$  

Notes and Bank 
Credit  
Agreement  
36,269 
42,800 
33,313 
19,475 
279,425 
750,074 
1,161,356 
158 
(4,698) 

Capital Leases 
$   

5,924 
6,052 
6,188 
5,406 
5,019 
54,399 
82,988 
— 
— 

$  

Total 
42,193 
48,852 
39,501 
24,881 
284,444 
804,473 
1,244,344 
158 
(4,698) 

(10,947) 
(3,018) 
(1,460) 
1,141,391 

$  

— 
— 
(37,913) 
45,075 

(10,947) 
(3,018) 
(39,373) 
$   1,186,466 

$  

Our Bank Credit Agreement and indentures governing our outstanding notes contain a number of covenants that, among other 
things,  restrict  our  ability  and  our  subsidiaries’  ability  to  incur  additional  indebtedness,  pay  dividends,  incur  liens,  engage  in 
mergers or consolidations, make acquisitions, investments or disposals and engage in activities with affiliates.  In addition, under 
the Bank Credit Agreement, we are required to satisfy specified financial ratios.  As of December 31, 2011, we were in compliance 
with all financial ratios and covenants. 

Substantially all of our stock in our wholly-owned subsidiaries has been pledged as security for the Bank Credit Agreement.   

As  of  December  31,  2011,  our  broadcast  segment  had  29  capital  leases  with  non-affiliates,  including  26  tower  leases,  two 
building leases and one software lease; our other operating divisions segment had four capital equipment leases and corporate has 
one building lease.  All of our tower leases will expire within the next 20 years and the building leases will expire within the next 5  

2011 Annual Report  51  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
years.  Most of our leases have 5-10 year renewal options and it is expected that these leases will be renewed or replaced within 
the normal course of business.  For more information related to our affiliate notes and capital leases, see Note 10. Related Person 
Transactions.   

We filed a $500.0 million universal shelf registration statement with the SEC which became effective April 22, 2009 and expires 
March 8, 2012.  We may use the universal shelf registration statement to issue common and preferred equity, debt securities and 
securities convertible into equity. 

6.  PROGRAM CONTRACTS: 

Future payments required under program contracts as of December 31, 2011 were as follows (in thousands): 

2012 
2013 
2014 
2015  
Total 
Less: Current portion 
Long-term portion of program contracts payable 

$   

$   

63,825 
18,360 
8,182 
1,083 
91,450 
(63,825) 
27,625 

Each future periods’ film liability includes contractual amounts owed, however, what is contractually owed does not necessarily 
reflect what we are expected to pay during that period.  While we are contractually bound to make the payments reflected in the 
table during the indicated periods, industry protocol typically enables us to make film payments on a three-month lag.  Included in 
the  current  portion  amounts  are  payments  due  in  arrears  of  $15.6  million.    In  addition,  we  have  entered  into  non-cancelable 
commitments for future program rights aggregating to $125.1 million as of December 31, 2011. 

7.  COMMON STOCK: 

Holders of Class A Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share and holders of Class B Common Stock are entitled to ten 
votes per share, except for votes relating to “going private” and certain other transactions.  The Class A Common Stock and the 
Class  B  Common  Stock  vote  together  as  a  single  class,  except  as  otherwise  may  be  required  by  Maryland  law,  on  all  matters 
presented for a vote.  Holders of Class B Common Stock may at any time convert their shares into the same number of shares of 
Class  A  Common  Stock.    During  2011  and  2010,  1,149,960  and  2,370,040,  respectively,  Class  B  Common  Stock  shares  were 
converted into Class A Common Stock shares.  

Our Bank Credit Agreement and some of our subordinated debt instruments have restrictions on our ability to pay dividends.  
Under  our  Bank  Credit  Agreement,  in  certain  circumstances,  we  may  make  up  to  $100.0  million  in  unrestricted  annual  cash 
payments including but not limited to dividends, of which $50.0 million may carry over to the next year.  Under the indentures 
governing  the  9.25%  Notes  and  8.375%  Notes,  we  are  restricted  from  paying  dividends  on  our  common  stock  unless  certain 
specified conditions are satisfied, including that: 

 

 

no  event  of  default  then  exists  under  the  indenture  or  certain  other  specified  agreements  relating  to  our 
indebtedness; and 
after taking into account the dividends payment, we are within certain restricted payment requirements contained in 
the indenture. 

In addition, under certain of our debt instruments, the payment of dividends is not permissible during a default thereunder.   

In November 2010, our Board of Directors declared a one-time $0.43 per share dividend on common stock, which was paid in 
December  2010.    During  2011,  our  Board  of  Directors  declared  quarterly  dividends  on  common  stock,  of  $0.12  per  share. 
Dividends  of  $0.12  per  share  were  paid  in  March  2011,  June  2011,  September  2011  and  December  2011,  for  total  dividend 
payments  of  $0.48  per  share  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011.    In  February  2012,  our  Board  of  Directors  declared  a 
quarterly dividend of $0.12 per share.  Future dividends on our common shares, if any, will be at the discretion of our Board of 
Directors  and  will  depend  on  several  factors  including  our  results  of  operations,  cash  requirements  and  surplus,  financial 
condition, covenant restrictions and other factors that the Board of Directors may deem relevant.  The Class A Common Stock 
and Class B Common Stock holders have the same rights related to dividends. 

52  Sinclair Broadcast Group 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In 2008, our Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase up to $150.0 million of the Class A Common Stock on 
the open market or through private transactions, under which we have repurchased $31.3 million, cumulatively.  During 2009, we 
repurchased  approximately  1.5  million  shares  of  Class  A  Common  Stock  for  approximately  $1.5  million  on  the  open  market, 
including transaction costs.  We did not repurchase any shares of Class A Common Stock during 2011 or 2010. 

8.  INCOME TAXES: 

The provision (benefit) for income taxes consisted of the following for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 (in 

thousands): 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes - continuing 

operations 

Provision for income taxes - discontinued operations 

Current: 

Federal 
State 

Deferred: 

Federal 
State 

2011 

44,785 
477 
45,262 

678 
1,055 
1,733 

41,361 
2,168 
43,529 
45,262 

$   

$   

$   

$   

2010 

2009 

$   

$   

$   

$   

40,226 
77 
40,303 

1,263 
596 
1,859 

37,010 
1,434 
38,444 
40,303 

$   

$   

(32,512) 
350 
(32,162) 

   $   

$   

(7,882) 
669 
(7,213) 

(25,598) 
649 
(24,949) 
(32,162) 

The  following  is  a  reconciliation  of  federal  income  taxes  at  the  applicable  statutory  rate  to  the  recorded  provision  from 

continuing operations: 

Federal income tax provision (benefit) at statutory rate 
Adjustments- 

State income taxes, net of federal effect 
Non-deductible expense items 
Basis in subsidiaries stock 
Other 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes 

2011 
35.0% 

1.7% 
— 
— 
0.3% 
37.0% 

2010 
35.0% 

1.5% 
(0.1%) 
(2.1%) 
0.1% 
34.4% 

2009 
(35.0%) 

(0.3%) 
18.0% 
(2.3%) 
0.3% 
(19.3%) 

The non-deductible expense items include the tax effect of $27.9 million of non-deductible goodwill impairment for the year 
ended  December  31,  2009  and  $0.1  million  and  $2.0  million  of  non-deductible  FCC  license  impairment  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. 

We recorded a deferred tax benefit of $2.5 million and $3.8 million during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, 

respectively, related to the recovery of historical losses attributable to the basis in stock of certain subsidiaries.   

2011 Annual Report  53  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Temporary differences between the financial reporting carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities give rise to 
deferred  taxes.    Total  deferred  tax  assets  and  deferred  tax  liabilities  as  of  December  31,  2011  and  2010  were  as  follows  (in 
thousands): 

Current and Long-Term Deferred Tax Assets: 

Net operating and capital losses: 

Federal 
State 

Broadcast licenses 
Intangibles 
Other 

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets 

Total deferred tax assets 

Current and Long-Term Deferred Tax Liabilities: 

Broadcast licenses 
Intangibles 
Property and equipment, net  
Contingent interest obligations 
Other 

Total deferred tax liabilities 

Net tax liabilities 

2011 

2010 

$ 

$ 

1,550 
87,623 
18,087 
5,390 
19,352 
132,002 
(79,136) 
52,866 

(10,115) 
(204,230) 
(24,877) 
(52,298) 
(3,958) 
(295,478) 
(242,612) 

$ 

$ 

4,063 
83,229 
24,782 
8,669 
32,235 
152,978 
(77,559) 
75,419 

(9,199) 
(191,658) 
(19,019) 
(52,212) 
(4,008) 
(276,096) 
(200,677) 

Our remaining federal and state net operating losses will expire during various years from 2012 to 2031.   

We establish valuation allowances in accordance with the guidance related to accounting for income taxes.  In evaluating our 
ability to realize net deferred tax assets, we consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, including our past operating 
results, tax planning strategies and forecasts of future taxable income.  In considering these sources of taxable income, we must 
make certain assumptions and judgments that are based on the plans and estimates used to manage our underlying businesses. A 
valuation allowance has been provided for deferred tax assets based on past operating results, expected timing of the reversals of 
existing temporary book/tax basis differences, alternative tax strategies and projected future taxable income.  Although realization 
is not assured for the remaining deferred tax assets, we believe it is more likely than not that they will be realized in the future.  
During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2011  and  2010,  we  increased  our  valuation  allowance  by  $1.6  million  and  $0.7  million, 
respectively. The change in valuation allowance was primarily due to state net operating losses.  During the year ended December 
31,  2009,  we  decreased  our  valuation  allowances  by  $8.0  million.    The  change  in  valuation  allowance  was  primarily  due  to  the 
removal  of  the  fully  valued  federal  net  operating  losses  related  to  the  closure  of  a  subsidiary.    We  expect  that  $7.7  million  of 
valuation allowance related to certain deferred tax assets of one of our consolidated VIEs may be released in the first quarter of 
2012 when the weight of all available evidence will support full realization of the deferred tax assets. 

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had $26.1 million of gross unrecognized tax benefits.  Of this total, $15.1 million (net 
of  federal  effect  on  state  tax  issues)  and  $6.8  million  (net  of  federal  effect  on  state  tax  issues)  represent  the  amounts  of 
unrecognized  tax  benefits  that,  if  recognized,  would  favorably  affect  our  effective  tax  rates  from  continuing  operations  and 
discontinued operations, respectively.   

The following table summarizes the activity related to our accrued unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands): 

Balance at January 1, 

(Reductions) increases related to prior years tax 

position 

Increases related to current year tax positions 
Reductions related to settlements with taxing 

authorities 

Reductions related to expiration of the 

applicable statute of limitations 

Balance at December 31, 

2011 
          26,125 

$ 

2010 
          26,148 

$ 

2009 
          26,088 

$ 

 (127) 
90 

— 

(210)  
187 

— 

 146 
104 

(76) 

$ 

— 
26,088 

$ 

— 
26,125 

$ 

(114) 
26,148 

54  Sinclair Broadcast Group 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                    
 
 
 
                    
 
 
 
                    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  addition,  we  recognize  accrued  interest  and  penalties  related  to  unrecognized  tax  benefits  in  income  tax  expense.    We 
recognized $1.3 million, $1.0 million and $1.1 million of income tax expense for interest related to uncertain tax positions for the 
years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.   

Management  periodically  performs  a  comprehensive  review  of  our  tax  positions  and  accrues  amounts  for  tax  contingencies.  
Based  on  these  reviews,  the  status  of  on-going  audits  and  the  expiration  of  applicable  statute  of  limitations,  these  accruals  are 
adjusted as necessary.  The resolution of audits is unpredictable and could result in tax liabilities that are significantly higher or 
lower than for what we have provided.  Amounts accrued for these tax matters are included in the table above and long-term 
liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets.  We believe that adequate accruals have been provided for all years.   

We are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax of multiple state jurisdictions.  All of our 2008 and subsequent 
federal and state tax returns remain subject to examination by various tax authorities.  Some of our pre-2008 federal and state tax 
returns  may  also  be  subject  to  examination.    In  addition,  our  2006  and  2007  federal  tax  returns  are  currently  under  audit,  and 
several of our subsidiaries are currently under state examinations for various years.  We do not anticipate the resolution of these 
matters will result in a material change to our consolidated financial statements.  In addition, it is reasonably possible that various 
statutes of limitations could expire by December 31, 2012.  We do not expect such expirations, if any, would significantly change 
our unrecognized tax benefits over the next twelve months. 

9.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES: 

Litigation 

We are a party to lawsuits and claims from time to time in the ordinary course of business.  Actions currently pending are in 
various stages and no material judgments or decisions have been rendered by hearing boards or courts in connection with such 
actions.    After reviewing developments  to date  with  legal  counsel,  our  management  is  of the  opinion  that  the  outcome of  our 
pending  and  threatened  matters  will  not  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  consolidated  balance  sheets,  consolidated 
statements of operations or consolidated statements of cash flows.   

Various parties have filed petitions to deny our applications for the following stations’ license renewals:  WXLV-TV, Winston-
Salem,  North  Carolina;  WMYV-TV,  Greensboro,  North  Carolina;  WLFL-TV,  Raleigh/Durham,  North  Carolina;  WRDC-TV, 
Raleigh/Durham, North Carolina; WLOS-TV, Asheville, North Carolina, WMMP-TV, Charleston, South Carolina; WTAT-TV, 
Charleston, South Carolina; WMYA-TV, Anderson, South Carolina; WICS-TV and WICD-TV in Springfield/Champaign, Illinois 
and WCGV-TV and WVTV-TV in Milwaukee, Wisconsin.  The FCC is in the process of considering the renewal applications and 
we believe the petitions have no merit. 

Operating Leases 

We have entered into operating leases for certain property and equipment under terms ranging from one to 15 years.  The rent 
expense  from  continuing  operations  under  these  leases,  as  well  as  certain  leases  under  month-to-month  arrangements,  for  the 
years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was approximately $3.9 million, $3.7 million and $4.1 million, respectively.    

Future minimum payments under the leases are as follows (in thousands): 

2012 
2013 
2014 
2015 
2016  
2017 and thereafter 

$ 

$ 

3,698 
3,324 
3,194 
2,619 
2,159 
5,105 
20,099 

We had no material outstanding letters of credit as of December 31, 2011. 

Network Affiliation Agreements and Program Service Arrangements 

Our  73  television  stations  that  we  own  and  operate,  or  to  which  we  provide  programming  services  or  sales  services,  as  of 
December 31, 2011, are affiliated as follows: FOX (20 stations); MyNetworkTV (18 stations; not a network affiliation, however is 
branded  as  such);  ABC  (11  stations);  The  CW  (13  stations);  CBS  (9  stations);  NBC  (1  station)  and  Azteca  (1  station).    The 
networks produce and distribute programming in exchange for  each station’s commitment to air the programming at specified 

2011 Annual Report  55  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
times  and  for  commercial  announcement  time  during  programming.    In  addition,  certain  stations  broadcast  programming  on 
second  and  third  digital  signals  through  network  affiliation  or  program  service  arrangements  with  TheCoolTV,  the  Country 
Network, CBS (rebroadcasted content from other primary channels within the same market), The CW, MyNetworkTV, This TV, 
LATV, Azteca, Telemundo and Estrella TV.   

The  non-renewal  or  termination  of  any  of  our  other  network  affiliation  agreements  or  program  service  arrangements  would 
prevent us from being able to carry applicable programming.  This loss of programming would require us to obtain replacement 
programming, which may involve higher costs and which may not be as attractive to our target audiences, resulting in reduced 
revenues.    Upon  the  termination  of  any  of  the  above  affiliation  agreements  or  program  service  arrangements,  we  would  be 
required to establish a new affiliation agreement or program service arrangement with another party or operate as an independent 
station.  At such time and if applicable, the remaining value of a network affiliation asset could become impaired and we would be 
required to write down the value of the asset to its estimated fair value.  As of December 31, 2011, the net book value of network 
affiliation assets was $103.7 million.   

On  February  9,  2009,  MyNetworkTV announced  that  it  was  moving to  a new  program  services model pursuant to  which  it 
would obtain for its affiliates popular programming that has previously aired on other networks, rather than continuing to provide 
first-run programming as is generally the case in a typical network model.  MyNetworkTV advised us that in connection with this 
change to what it refers to as a "hybrid" model, it believes it had the right to terminate all of its existing affiliate agreements and 
negotiate new agreements for this programming service with the television stations that have been MyNetworkTV affiliates.  On 
March  3,  2009,  we  received  notice  from  MyNetworkTV  claiming  that  it  had  ceased  to  exist  as  a  network  and  therefore,  was 
terminating each of our affiliation agreements effective September 26, 2009.  On March 25, 2009, each of our subsidiaries that 
owned or operated stations which were affiliated with MyNetworkTV entered into an agreement, effective September 28, 2009 
with a party related to MyNetworkTV to provide such stations with programming during the following year for the time periods 
previously  programmed  by  MyNetworkTV,  excluding  programming  for  Saturday  night.    This  programming  agreement  is 
accounted  for  as  a  station  barter  arrangement.    The  amortization  related  to  our  network  affiliation  intangible  assets  associated 
with MyNetworkTV stations was accelerated during 2009, resulting in zero asset balances remaining as of September 30, 2009.  
On January 24, 2011, our MyNetworkTV program service arrangement was extended until the fall of 2014.  The program service 
arrangement gives us the ability to exercise early cancellation options beginning in 2012. 

On March 25, 2010, we agreed to terms on a renewal of the ABC network affiliation agreements, expiring August 31, 2015.  

Pursuant to the terms we are required to pay fees to ABC for network programming.   

 On December 21, 2010, we entered into a renewal of our FOX affiliation agreements, expiring December 31, 2012.  Pursuant 

to the terms we are required to pay fees to FOX for network programming. 

On June 30, 2011, we extended our affiliation agreement with the CW for KMYS-TV until August 31, 2016.  Effective April 

26, 2010 KMYS-TV in San Antonio, Texas switched from MyNetworkTV to the CW.  

On July 19, 2011, our affiliation agreements of the stations owned, programmed and/or to which we provide services that are 

affiliated with the CW were extended until August 31, 2016.   

Changes in the Rules on Television Ownership and Local Marketing Agreements 

Certain of our stations have entered into what have commonly been referred to as local marketing agreements or LMAs.  One 
typical  type  of  LMA  is  a  programming  agreement  between  two  separately  owned  television  stations  serving  the  same  market, 
whereby  the  licensee  of  one  station  programs  substantial  portions  of  the  broadcast  day  and  sells  advertising  time  during  such 
programming  segments  on the  other  licensee’s  station  subject  to  the  latter  licensee’s  ultimate editorial and  other  controls.   We 
believe these arrangements allow us to reduce our operating expenses and enhance profitability.   

If we are required to terminate or modify our LMAs, our business could be affected in the following ways: 

Losses on investments.    In  some  cases,  we  own  the  non-license  assets  used  by  the  stations  we  operate  under  LMAs.    If 
certain  of  these  LMA  arrangements  are  no  longer  permitted,  we  would  be  forced  to  sell  these  assets,  restructure  our 
agreements or find another use for them.  If this happens, the market for such assets may not be as good as when we 
purchased them and, therefore, we cannot be certain of a favorable return on our original investments. 

Termination penalties.  If the FCC requires us to modify or terminate existing LMAs before the terms of the LMAs expire, 
or  under certain  circumstances,  we  elect  not  to extend  the terms  of  the LMAs,  we may be  forced  to  pay termination 
penalties under the terms of some of our LMAs.  Any such termination penalties could be material.   

56  Sinclair Broadcast Group 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following paragraphs discuss various proceedings relevant to our LMAs. 

In 1999, the FCC established a new local television ownership rule.  LMAs fell under this rule, however the rule grandfathered 
LMAs that were entered into prior to November 5, 1996, and permitted the applicable stations to continue operations pursuant to 
the LMAs until the conclusion of the FCC’s 2004 biennial review.  The FCC stated it would conduct a case-by-case review of 
grandfathered LMAs and assess the appropriateness of extending the grandfathering periods.  The FCC did not initiate any review 
of grandfathered LMAs in 2004 or as part of its 2006 quadrennial review.  We do not know when, or if, the FCC will conduct any 
such review of grandfathered LMAs.  For LMAs executed on or after November 5, 1996, the FCC required compliance with the 
1999 local television ownership rule by August 6, 2001.  We challenged the 1999 rules in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. 
Circuit (D.C. Circuit), resulting in the exclusion of post-November 5, 1996 LMAs from the 1999 rules.  In 2002, the D.C. Circuit 
ruled  in  Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc. v. F.C.C.,  284  F.3d  114  (D.C.  Cir.  2002)  that  the  1999  local  television  ownership  rule  was 
arbitrary and capricious and sent the rule back to the FCC for further refinement.   

In 2003, the FCC revised its ownership rules, including the local television ownership rule; however the U. S. Court of Appeals 
for the Third Circuit (Third Circuit) did not enable the 2003 rules to become effective and sent the 2003 rules back to the FCC 
for further refinement.  Due to the court decisions, the FCC concluded the 1999 rules could not be justified as necessary in the 
public interest and as a result, we took the position that an issue exists regarding whether the FCC has any current legal right to 
enforce any rules prohibiting the acquisition of television stations.  Several parties, including us, filed petitions with the Supreme 
Court of the United States seeking review of the Third Circuit decision, but the Supreme Court denied the petitions in June 2005.   

In  July  2006,  the  FCC  released  a  Further  Notice  of  Proposed  Rule  Making  seeking  comment  on  how  to  address  the  issues 
raised by the Third Circuit’s decision.  In January 2008, the FCC released an order containing ownership rules that re-adopted the 
1999  rules.    On  February  29,  2008,  several  parties,  including  us,  separately  filed  petitions  for  review  in  a  number  of  federal 
appellate courts challenging the 1999 rules.  Those petitions were consolidated in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit 
(Ninth Circuit) and in November 2008, transferred by the Ninth Circuit to the Third Circuit.  On July 7, 2011, the Third Circuit 
upheld the FCC’s local television ownership rules. On December 5, 2012, we joined with a number of other parties on a Petition 
for a Writ of Certiorari filed with the Supreme Court requesting that the Court overrule the decision of the Third Circuit. That 
request remains pending before the Supreme Court. 

On  November  15,  1999,  we  entered  into  an  agreement  to  acquire  WMYA-TV  (formerly  WBSC-TV)  in  Anderson,  South 
Carolina from Cunningham Broadcasting Corporation (Cunningham), but that transaction was denied by the FCC.  Since none of 
the FCC rule changes ever became effective, we filed a petition for reconsideration with the FCC and amended our application to 
acquire the license of WMYA-TV.  We also filed applications in November 2003 to acquire the license assets of, at that time, the 
remaining  five  Cunningham  stations:  WRGT-TV,  Dayton,  Ohio;  WTAT-TV,  Charleston,  South  Carolina;  WVAH-TV, 
Charleston, West Virginia; WNUV-TV, Baltimore, Maryland; and WTTE-TV, Columbus, Ohio.  Rainbow/PUSH filed a petition 
to  deny  these  five  applications  and  to  revoke  all  of  our  licenses.    The  FCC  dismissed  our  applications  and  denied  the 
Rainbow/PUSH  petition  due  to  the  abovementioned  2003  Third  Circuit  decision.    Rainbow/PUSH  filed  a  petition  for 
reconsideration of that denial and we filed an application for review of the dismissal.  In 2005, we filed a petition with the D. C. 
Circuit  requesting  that  the  Court  direct  the  FCC  to  take  final  action  on  our  applications,  but  that  petition  was  dismissed.    On 
January 6, 2006, we submitted a motion to the FCC requesting that it take final action on our applications.  The applications and 
the associated petition to deny are still pending.  We believe the Rainbow/PUSH petition is without merit.  On February 8, 2008, 
we filed a petition with the D.C. Circuit requesting that the Court direct the FCC to act on our applications and cease its use of 
the  1999  rules.    In  July  2008,  the  D.C.  Circuit  transferred  the  case  to  the  Ninth  Circuit,  and  we  filed  a  petition  with  the  D.C. 
Circuit challenging that decision; however, it was denied.  We also filed with the Ninth Circuit a motion to transfer that case back 
to the D.C. Circuit.  In November 2008, the Ninth Circuit consolidated and sent our petition seeking final FCC action on our 
applications  to  the  Third  Circuit.    In  December  2008,  we  agreed  voluntarily  with  the  parties  to  our  proceeding  to  dismiss  our 
petition seeking final FCC action on our applications.   

Other Commitments  

Pursuant  to  the  LMA  with  Freedom,  we  have  made  certain  guarantees  with  respect  to  the  financial  performance  of  the 
Freedom  stations,  whereby  the  owners  of  stations  will  earn  a  minimum  amount  of  broadcast  cash  flow,  as  defined  in  the 
respective agreements.  If actual broadcast cash flow is below the stated monthly minimums, the monthly fees we earn for our 
services under the LMA would be reduced and if the difference between actual broadcast cash flow and the stated minimums is 
greater  than  the  revenue  that  we  would  otherwise  earn,  we  could  be  required  to  pay  additional  amounts  related  to  these 
guarantees.    Since  inception  of  the  LMA,  December  1,  2011,  the  broadcast  cash  flows  of  the  stations  exceeded  the  monthly 
minimums.  The total of the monthly guaranteed amounts for the year ended December 31, 2012 is $56.9 million.  We expect to 
close on the acquisition of the Freedom stations late in the first quarter or early second quarter of 2012.  The total of the monthly 
guaranteed amounts for the first quarter of 2012 is $12.1 million.   

2011 Annual Report  57  

 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
10.  RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS: 

David, Frederick, Duncan and Robert Smith (collectively, the controlling shareholders) are brothers and hold substantially all of 
the  Class  B  Common  Stock  and  some  of  our  Class  A  Common  Stock.    We  engaged  in  the  following  transactions  with  them 
and/or entities in which they have substantial interests.  

Related Person Leases.  Certain assets used by us and our operating subsidiaries are leased from Cunningham Communications 
Inc.,  Keyser  Investment  Group,  Gerstell  Development  Limited  Partnership  and  Beaver  Dam,  LLC  (entities  owned  by  the 
controlling shareholders).  Lease payments made to these entities were $4.4 million, $4.5 million and $4.7 million for the years 
ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. 

Bay TV.    In  January  1999,  we  entered  into  a  LMA  with  Bay  Television,  Inc.  (Bay  TV),  which  owns  the  television  station 
WTTA-TV in the Tampa/St. Petersburg, Florida market.  Our controlling shareholders own a substantial portion of the equity of 
Bay TV.  Payments made to Bay TV were $2.2 million, $1.7 million and $3.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 
and 2009.  We received $0.5 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 from Bay TV for certain equipment 
leases which expired on November 1, 2010.   

Notes and capital leases payable to affiliates consisted of the following as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands): 

Capital lease for building, interest at 7.93% 
Capital lease for building, interest at 8.54% 
Capital leases for broadcasting tower facilities, interest at 9.0% 
Capital leases for broadcasting tower facilities, interest at 10.5% 
Liability payable to affiliate for local marketing agreement, interest at 7.69% 
Capital leases for building and tower, interest at 7.93% 

Less: Current portion   

2011 

— 
8,402 
1,641 
5,038 
3,183 
1,295 
19,559 
(3,014) 
16,545 

  $ 

$ 

2010 

520 
9,273 
1,975 
5,065 
4,600 
1,336 
22,769 
(3,196) 
  19,573 

  $ 

$ 

Notes and capital leases payable to affiliates as of December 31, 2011 mature as follows (in thousands): 

2012 
2013 
2014 
2015 
2016 
2017 and thereafter 
Total minimum payments due 
Less: Amount representing interest 

$ 

$ 

4,931 
5,028 
3,406 
3,371 
3,056 
9,772 
29,564 
(10,005) 
19,559 

Cunningham Broadcasting Corporation.  We have options from trusts established by Carolyn C. Smith, a parent of our controlling 
shareholders,  for  the  benefit  of  her  grandchildren  that  will  grant  us  the  right  to  acquire,  subject  to  applicable  FCC  rules  and 
regulations, 100% of the capital stock of Cunningham Broadcasting Corporation (Cunningham) or 100% of the capital stock or 
assets of Cunningham’s individual subsidiaries.  As of December 31, 2011 Cunningham was the owner-operator and FCC licensee 
of:  WNUV-TV,  Baltimore,  Maryland;  WRGT-TV,  Dayton,  Ohio;  WVAH-TV,  Charleston,  West  Virginia;  WTAT-TV, 
Charleston, South Carolina; WMYA-TV, Anderson, South Carolina; WTTE-TV, Columbus, Ohio; and WDBB-TV, Birmingham, 
Alabama, which Cunningham acquired in 2011.   

In addition to the option agreement, we entered into five-year LMA agreements (with five-year renewal terms at our option) 
with Cunningham pursuant to which we provide programming to Cunningham for airing on WNUV-TV, WRGT-TV, WVAH-
TV, WTAT-TV, WMYA-TV and WTTE-TV.  In February 2011, we entered into a LMA agreement for WDBB-TV. 

On October 28, 2009 we entered into amendments and /or restatements of the following agreements between Cunningham 
and  us:  (i) the  LMAs,  (ii) option  agreements  to  acquire  Cunningham  stock  and  (iii) certain  acquisition  or  merger  agreements 
relating  to  television  stations  owned  by  Cunningham  (Cunningham  stations).    Such  amendments  and/or  restatements  were 
effective at the expiration of the tender offers for the 3.0% Notes and 4.875% Notes on November 5, 2009. 

58  Sinclair Broadcast Group 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In consideration of the new terms of the LMAs and other agreements and the extension options, beginning on January 1, 2010 
and  ending  on  July 1,  2012,  we  are  obligated  to  pay  Cunningham  the  sum  of  approximately  $29.1  million  in  10  quarterly 
installments  of  $2.75  million  and  one  quarterly  payment  of  approximately  $1.6  million, which  amounts  will  be  used  to  pay  off 
Cunningham’s bank credit facility and which amounts will be credited toward the purchase price for each Cunningham Station.  
An additional $3.9 million will be paid in two installments on July 1, 2012 and October 1, 2012 as an additional LMA fee.  The 
aggregate  purchase  price  of  the  television  stations,  $78.5  million  pursuant  to  certain  acquisition  or  merger  agreements,  will  be 
decreased  by  each  payment  made  by  us  to  Cunningham  up  to  $29.1  million  in  the  aggregate,  pursuant  to  the  foregoing 
transactions  with  Cunningham  as  such  payments  are  made.    Beginning  on  January  1,  2013,  we  will  be  obligated  to  pay 
Cunningham an annual LMA fee for the television stations equal to the greater of (i) 3% of each station’s annual net broadcast 
revenue and (ii) $5.0 million.   

We  continue  to  reimburse  Cunningham  for  100%  of  its  operating  costs.  In  addition,  we  continue  to  pay  Cunningham  a 
monthly payment of $50,000 through December 2012.  In accordance with the effective date of the abovementioned agreements, 
the $50,000 monthly payment no longer reduces the option exercise price. 

We made payments to Cunningham under these LMA and other agreements of $16.6 million, $17.3 million and $6.5 million for 
the  years  ended  December  31,  2011,  2010  and  2009,  respectively.    For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011,  2010  and  2009, 
Cunningham’s  stations  provided  us  with  approximately  $90.3  million,  $94.3  million  and  $80.4  million,  respectively,  of  total 
revenue.  The financial statements for Cunningham are included in our consolidated financial statements for all periods presented.  
Our Bank Credit Agreement contains certain cross-default provisions with certain material third-party licenses.  As of December 
31, 2011, Cunningham was the sole material third-party licensee.  The amended or restated LMAs and option agreements have 
been approved pursuant to our related person transaction policy. 

Cunningham  accounts  for  income  taxes  and  deferred  taxes  using  the  separate  return  method  and  those  amounts  are 
consolidated into our income taxes and deferred taxes, which are also calculated using the separate return method.  For the years 
ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, Cunningham’s benefit for income taxes was $0.4 million, $0.9 million and $0.9 million, 
respectively.  As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, Cunningham’s net deferred tax liability was $0.9 and $0.5 million, respectively.  
A full valuation allowance was recorded against all deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. 

Atlantic Automotive.  We sold advertising time to and purchased vehicles and related vehicle services from Atlantic Automotive 
Corporation (Atlantic Automotive), a holding company which owns automobile dealerships and an automobile leasing company.  
David  D.  Smith,  our  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer,  has  a  controlling  interest  in,  and  is  a  member  of  the  Board  of 
Directors  of  Atlantic  Automotive.    We  received  payments  for  advertising  totaling  $0.2  million,  $0.3  million  and  $0.3  million 
during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  We paid $1.1 million, $0.8 million and $0.4 million for 
vehicles  and  related  vehicle  services  from  Atlantic  Automotive  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2011,  2010  and  2009, 
respectively.     

Towson City Center.   In August 2011, Atlantic Automotive entered into an office lease agreement with Towson City Center, LLC 
(Towson  City  Center),  a  subsidiary  of  one  of  our  real  estate  ventures.  Under  the  lease  terms,  Atlantic  Automotive  will  pay 
approximately $0.7 million in annual rent for the year ending December 31, 2012. 

In  August  2011,  Cunningham  Kitchen,  LLC  (Cunningham  Kitchen),  a  company  owned  by  David  Smith,  entered  into  a 
restaurant  lease  agreement  with  Towson  City  Center.  Under  the  lease  terms,  Cunningham  Kitchen  will  pay approximately  $0.2 
million in annual rent for the year ending December 31, 2012. 

Allegiance  Capital  Limited  Partnership.    In  August  1999,  we  made  an  investment  in  Allegiance  Capital  Limited  Partnership 
(Allegiance),  a  small  business  investment  company.    Our  controlling  shareholders  and  our  Executive  Vice  President/Chief 
Financial Officer are also investors in Allegiance.  Allegiance Capital Management Corporation (ACMC) is the general partner.  
An employee of ours is a non-controlling shareholder of ACMC.  ACMC controls all decision making, investing and management 
of  operations  of  Allegiance  in  exchange  for  a  monthly  management  fee  based  on  actual  expenses  incurred  which  currently 
averages approximately less than $0.1 million and which is paid by the limited partners.  We did not make any contributions into 
Allegiance during 2011 or 2010.  Allegiance distributed $4.0 million to us during 2011.  Allegiance did not make any distributions 
to us during 2010.  As of December 31, 2011, our remaining unfunded commitment was $5.3 million.   

Thomas & Libowitz, P.A.  Basil A. Thomas, a member of our Board of Directors, is the father of Steven A. Thomas, a partner 
and founder of Thomas & Libowitz, P.A. (Thomas & Libowitz), a law firm providing legal services to us on an ongoing basis.  
We  paid  fees  of  $0.5  million,  $0.5  million  and  $1.7  million  to  Thomas  &  Libowitz  during  2011,  2010  and  2009,  respectively.  
During 2007, Steven A. Thomas received, in lieu of cash payment for certain legal fees, an ownership percentage in two of our 
real estate investments and one of our private equity investments.  The fair value of the three ownership interests was $0.1 million 
as of the dates the investments were made. 

2011 Annual Report  59  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Charter Aircraft.  From time to time, we charter aircraft owned by certain controlling shareholders.  We incurred $0.2 million 

during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 related to these arrangements.  

Other Leases.    In  September  2008,  AP  Management  Company,  the  management  company  of  Patriot  Capital  II,  L.P.,  a  small 
business  investment  company  in  which  we  have  made  investments,  entered  into  a  five-year  office  lease  agreement  with  Skylar 
Development  LLC,  a  subsidiary  of  one  of  our  real  estate  ventures.  AP  Management  paid  $0.1  million  in  annual  rent  to  Skylar 
during 2011. 

In October 2009, Bagby’s Bistro, LLC, a company owned by David Smith and one of his sons, entered into a restaurant lease 
agreement with Skylar Development, LLC (Skylar), a subsidiary of one of our real estate ventures.  Also, in April 2011, another 
restaurant  lease  was  executed  between  the  same  parties  and  a  third  lease  between  the  same  parties  is  expected  to  be  executed 
during the year ending December 31, 2012.  Under the combined lease terms, Bagby’s Bistro will pay approximately $0.3 million 
in annual rent for the year ending December 31, 2012. 

Other.    One  of  our  controlling  shareholders,  Frederick  Smith,  holds  an  investment  in  Patriot  Capital  II,  L.P.    Qualified 
employees, directors and officers have been approved to invest in entities we have an interest in pursuant to the current related 
person transaction policy. 

11.  EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE: 

The following table reconciles income (loss) (numerator) and shares (denominator) used in our computations of earnings (loss) 

per share for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 (in thousands): 

Income (loss) (Numerator) 
Income (loss) from continuing operations 
Income impact of assumed conversion of the 4.875% 

Notes, net of taxes 

Income impact of assumed conversion of the 6.0% 

Notes, net of taxes 

Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling 
interests included in continuing operations 

Numerator for diluted earnings (loss) per common 
share from continuing operations available to 
common shareholders 

Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes 
Numerator for diluted earnings (loss) available to 

2011 

2010 

2009 

$ 

76,588 

$ 

75,625 

$  (137,948) 

180 

— 

(379) 

76,389 
(411) 

166 

2,521 

1,100 

79,412 
(577) 

— 

— 

2,335 

(135,613) 
(81) 

common shareholders 

  $ 

75,978 

  $ 

78,835 

  $ 

(135,694) 

Shares (Denominator) 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding 
Dilutive effect of stock options and restricted stock 

awards 

Dilutive effect of 4.875% Notes 
Dilutive effect of 6.0% Notes 
Weighted-average common and common equivalent 

shares outstanding 

80,217 

61 
254 
— 

80,532 

80,245 

37 
254 
3,070 

83,606 

79,981 

— 
— 
— 

79,981 

Potentially dilutive securities representing 1.1 million, 1.4 million and 9.9 million shares of common stock for the years ended 
December  31,  2011,  2010  and  2009,  respectively,  were  excluded  from  the  computation of  diluted  earnings  (loss)  per  common 
share for these periods because their effect would have been antidilutive.  The decrease in 2011 compared to 2010 of potentially 
dilutive  securities  is  primarily related to the  exercise  of  some  of  our  stock-settled  appreciation  rights  in  2011.   The decrease  in 
2010 compared to 2009 of potentially dilutive securities is primarily related to the partial redemption of our 3.0% Notes and the 
inclusion of the 4.875% Notes and 6.0% Notes in dilutive earnings (loss) per share.  The net income (loss) per share amounts are 
the  same  for  Class  A  and  Class  B  Common  Stock  because  the  holders  of  each  class  are  legally  entitled  to  equal  per  share 
distributions whether through dividends or in liquidation. 

60  Sinclair Broadcast Group 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12.  SEGMENT DATA: 

We measure segment performance based on operating income (loss).  Our broadcast segment includes stations in 45 markets, 
of which seven markets are operated pursuant to LMAs, located predominately in the eastern, mid-western and southern United 
States.  Our other operating divisions segment primarily earned revenues from sign design and fabrication; regional security alarm 
operating  and  bulk  acquisitions  and  real  estate  ventures.    In  2009,  our  other  operating  divisions  segment  also  earned  revenues 
from  information  technology  staffing,  consulting  and  software  development  and  transmitter  manufacturing.    These  businesses 
were divested in 2009.  All of our other operating divisions are located within the United States.  Corporate costs primarily include 
our  costs  to  operate  as  a  public  company  and  to  operate  our  corporate  headquarters  location.    Corporate  is  not  a  reportable 
segment.    We  had  approximately  $170.0  million  and  $167.3  million  of  intercompany  loans  between  the  broadcast  segment, 
operating divisions segment and corporate as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  We had $19.7 million, $19.3 million 
and $22.9 million in intercompany interest expense related to intercompany loans between the broadcast segment, other operating 
divisions segment and corporate for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  Intercompany loans and 
interest expense are excluded from the tables below.  All other intercompany transactions are immaterial. 

Financial information for our operating segments is included in the following tables for the years ended December 31, 2011, 

2010 and 2009 (in thousands): 

For the year ended December 31, 2011 
Revenue 
Depreciation of property and equipment 
Amortization of definite-lived intangible assets  
Amortization of program contract costs and 

net realizable value adjustments 

Impairment of goodwill, intangible and other 

assets 

General and administrative overhead expenses 
Operating income (loss) 
Interest expense 
Income from equity and cost method 

investments 

Goodwill 
Assets 
Capital expenditures 

$  

Broadcast 
720,775 
29,929 
14,643 

Other 
Operating 
Divisions 
44,513 
1,323 
3,586 

$  

$  

Corporate  
— 
1,622 
— 

$  

Consolidated 
765,288 
32,874 
18,229 

52,079 

398 
24,760 
230,679 
— 

— 
656,629 
1,303,604 
34,453 

— 

— 
1,158 
(1,041) 
2,528 

3,269 
3,488 
256,408 
1,382 

— 

— 
2,392 
(4,018) 
103,600 

— 
— 
11,405 
— 

52,079 

398 
28,310 
225,620 
106,128 

3,269 
660,117 
1,571,417 
35,835 

For the year ended December 31, 2010 
Revenue 
Depreciation of property and equipment 
Amortization of definite-lived intangible assets  
Amortization of program contract costs and 

net realizable value adjustments 

Impairment of goodwill, intangible and other 

assets 

General and administrative overhead expenses 
Operating income (loss) 
Interest expense 
Loss from equity and cost method investments 
Goodwill 
Assets 
Capital expenditures 

$   

Broadcast 
731,046 
33,260 
15,974 

Other 
Operating 
Divisions 
36,598 
1,291 
2,860 

$  

$   

Corporate  
— 
1,756 
— 

$   

Consolidated 
767,644 
36,307 
18,834 

60,862 

— 

— 

60,862 

4,803 
23,685 
244,297 
— 
— 
656,629 
1,232,332 
9,859 

— 
918 
478 
1,943 
(4,861) 
3,388 
242,033 
1,835 

— 
2,197 
(3,960) 
114,103 
— 
— 
11,559 
— 

4,803 
26,800 
240,815 
116,046 
(4,861) 
660,017 
1,485,924 
11,694 

2011 Annual Report  61  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the year ended December 31, 2009 
Revenue 
Depreciation of property and equipment 
Amortization of definite-lived intangible assets  
Amortization of program contract costs and 

net realizable value adjustments 

Impairment of goodwill, intangible and other 

assets 

General and administrative overhead expenses 
Operating loss 
Interest expense 
Income from equity and cost method 

investments 

13.  FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS: 

$   

Broadcast 
613,271 
39,982 
20,228 

Other 
Operating 
Divisions 
43,719 
1,035 
2,127 

$  

73,087 

249,556 
8,607 
(86,372) 
— 

— 

— 

— 
1,039 
(5,969) 
1,472 

354 

$   

Corporate  
— 
1,875 
— 

$   

Consolidated 
656,990 
42,892 
22,355 

— 

73,087 

243 
15,986 
(18,376) 
78,549 

— 

249,799 
25,632 
(110,717) 
80,021 

354 

Accounting guidance provides for valuation techniques, such as the market approach (comparable market prices), the income 
approach (present value of future income or cash flow), and the cost approach (cost to replace the service capacity of an asset or 
replacement cost).  A fair value hierarchy using three broad levels prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure 
fair value.  The following is a brief description of those three levels:  

  Level 1: Observable inputs such as quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. 
  Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.  These 
include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets and quoted prices for identical or similar assets or 
liabilities in markets that are not active. 

  Level 3: Unobservable inputs that reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions. 

The carrying value and fair value of our notes, debentures, program contracts payable and non-cancelable commitments as of 

December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows (in thousands):  

6.0% Notes (a) 
4.875% Notes 
3.0% Notes 
8.375% Notes 
9.25% Notes 
Term Loan A 
Term Loan B 
Cunningham Bank Credit 

Facility 

Active program contracts 

payable 

Future program liabilities (b) 

2011 

Carrying Value
— 
$  
5,685 
5,400 
234,512 
489,052 
115,000 
217,002 

$  

Fair Value 
— 
5,685 
5,400 
246,884 
549,690 
 112,700 
 221,700 

2010 

Carrying Value
66,019 
$   
5,685 
5,400 
246,493 
487,724 
— 
264,352 

$   

Fair Value 
70,385 
5,685 
5,400 
258,750 
 544,690 
— 
 273,240 

10,967 

 11,100 

91,450 
125,075 

88,699 
105,166 

21,933 

97,894 
88,510 

 22,452 

89,145 
72,823 

(a)  On April 15, 2011, we completed the redemption of all $70.0 million of these debentures at face value.  We used the proceeds from 

the Term Loan A issuance to pay for the redemption. 

(b)  Future program liabilities reflect a license agreement for program material that is not yet available for its first showing or telecast and 
is, therefore, not recorded as an asset or liability on our balance sheet.  The carrying value reflects the undiscounted future payments.   

The fair value of our 8.375% Notes and 9.25% Notes is determined using quoted prices.  The carrying value of our 3.0% and 
4.875%  Notes  approximate  their  fair  value.    Our  Term  Loan  A,  Term  Loan  B  and  Cunningham’s  bank  credit  facility  are  fair 
valued using Level 2 hierarchy inputs described above. 

62  Sinclair Broadcast Group 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our estimates of the fair value of active program contracts payable and future program liabilities were based on discounted cash 
flows using Level 3 inputs described above.  The discount rate represents an estimate of a market participants’ return and risk 
applicable to program contracts. 

14.  CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: 

Sinclair Television Group, Inc. (STG), a wholly-owned subsidiary and the television operating subsidiary of Sinclair Broadcast 
Group, Inc. (SBG), was the primary obligor under the Bank Credit Agreement, the 8.375% Notes and the 9.25% Notes and was 
the  primary  obligor  under  the  8.0%  Notes  until  they  were  fully  redeemed  in  2010.    Our  Class  A  Common  Stock,  Class  B 
Common Stock, the 4.875% Notes and the 3.0% Notes, as of December 31, 2011, were obligations or securities of SBG and not 
obligations  or  securities  of  STG.    SBG  was  the  obligor  of  the  6.0%  Notes  until  they  were  fully  redeemed  in  2011.    SBG  is  a 
guarantor  under  the  Bank  Credit  Agreement,  the  9.25%  Notes  and  the  8.375%  Notes.    As  of  December  31,  2011  our 
consolidated total debt of $1,206.0 million included $1,119.1 million of debt related to STG and its subsidiaries of which SBG 
guaranteed $1,067.6 million. 

SBG,  KDSM,  LLC,  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  SBG,  and  STG’s  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  (guarantor  subsidiaries),  have 
fully and unconditionally guaranteed, subject to certain customary automatic release provisions, all of STG’s obligations.  Those 
guarantees are joint and several.  There are certain contractual restrictions on the ability of SBG, STG or KDSM, LLC to obtain 
funds from their subsidiaries in the form of dividends or loans.   

The following condensed consolidating financial statements present the consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of 
operations and consolidated statements of cash flows of SBG, STG, KDSM, LLC and the guarantor subsidiaries, the direct and 
indirect non-guarantor subsidiaries of SBG and the eliminations necessary to arrive at our information on a consolidated basis.  
These statements are presented in accordance with the disclosure requirements under SEC Regulation S-X, Rule 3-10.   

2011 Annual Report  63  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET 
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 
(In thousands) 

Sinclair 
Broadcast 
Group, Inc. 

Sinclair 
Television 
Group, Inc.

Guarantor 
Subsidiaries 
and  KDSM, 
LLC 

Non-
Guarantor 
Subsidiaries  Eliminations

Sinclair 
Consolidated

Cash 
Restricted cash - current 
Accounts and other receivables 
Other current assets 
Total current assets 

Property and equipment, net 

Investment in consolidated subsidiaries 
Restricted cash – long term 
Other long-term assets 
Total other long-term assets 

Acquired intangible assets 

$  

— 
— 
60 
2,430 
2,490 

8,234 

— 
— 
86,186 
86,186 

— 

$  

188 
— 
348 
2,561 
3,097 

7,783 

575,848 
58,503 
353,929 
988,280 

$  

313 
— 
126,590 
55,855 
182,758 

$  

12,466 
— 
6,308 
3,021 
21,795 

$  

— 
— 
(139) 
(284) 
(423) 

$  

12,967 
— 
133,167 
63,583 
209,717 

171,749 

100,362 

(6,607) 

281,521 

— 
223 
17,209 
17,432 

— 
— 
99,683 
99,683 

(575,848) 
— 
(418,014) 
(993,862) 

— 
58,726 
138,993 
197,719 

— 

826,175 

70,492 

(14,207) 

882,460 

Total assets 

$    96,910 

$    999,160 

$   1,198,114 

$    292,332 

$ (1,015,099) 

$  1,571,417 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities 
Current portion of long-term debt 
Current portion of affiliate long-term debt 
Other current liabilities 
Total current liabilities 

$  

Long-term debt 
Affiliate long-term debt 
Dividends in excess of investment in 

consolidated subsidiaries 

Other liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Common stock 
Additional paid-in capital 
Accumulated (deficit) earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) 

income 

Total Sinclair Broadcast Group 
shareholders’ (deficit) equity 

Noncontrolling interests in consolidated 

subsidiaries 

Total liabilities and equity (deficit) 

$  

1,499 
420 
998 
— 
2,917 

12,811 
7,405 

143,857 
51,095 
218,085 

809 
617,375 
(734,511) 

$  

$  

30,888 
14,450 
— 
— 
45,338 

1,055,446 
— 

— 
2,222 
1,103,006 

— 
7,755 
(108,558) 

51,119 
589 
2,016 
65,431 
119,155 

37,502 
9,140 

— 
457,003 
622,800 

10 
264,413 
313,269 

$  

7,555 
22,736 
210 
372 
30,873 

42,512 
246,552 

— 
58,222 
378,159 

— 
54,304 
(140,581) 

$  

(2,491) 
— 
(210) 
— 
(2,701) 

$  

88,570 
38,195 
3,014 
65,803 
195,582 

— 
(246,552) 

(143,857) 
(246,161) 
(639,271) 

(10) 
(326,472) 
(64,130) 

1,148,271 
16,545 

— 
322,381 
1,682,779 

809 
617,375 
(734,511) 

(4,848) 

(3,043) 

(2,378) 

450 

4,971 

(4,848) 

(121,175) 

(103,846) 

575,314 

(85,827) 

(385,641) 

(121,175) 

— 
96,910 

— 
$   999,160 

— 
$   1,198,114 

— 
$    292,332 

9,813 

$ (1,015,099) 

9,813 
$  1,571,417 

64  Sinclair Broadcast Group 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET 
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2010 
(In thousands) 

Sinclair 
Broadcast 
Group, Inc. 

Sinclair 
Television 
Group, Inc.

Guarantor 
Subsidiaries 
and  KDSM, 
LLC 

Non-
Guarantor 
Subsidiaries  Eliminations

Sinclair 
Consolidated

Cash 
Restricted cash - current 
Accounts and other receivables 
Other current assets 
Total current assets 

Property and equipment, net 

Investment in consolidated subsidiaries 
Restricted cash – long term 
Other long-term assets 
Total other long-term assets 

Acquired intangible assets 

$  

— 
— 
43 
1,477 
1,520 

9,856 

— 
— 
79,184 
79,184 

— 

$  

$  

5,071 
5,058 
99 
5,492 
15,720 

$  

1,022 
— 
115,615 
46,231 
162,868 

2,669 

169,260 

609,737 
— 
318,137 
927,874 

— 
223 
10,207 
10,430 

— 

829,884 

15,881 
— 
5,765 
2,962 
24,608 

97,219 

— 
— 
89,956 
89,956 

64,694 

$   

— 
— 
(151) 
(284) 
(435) 

$  

21,974 
5,058 
121,371 
55,878 
204,281 

(6,773) 

272,231 

(609,737) 
— 
(380,339) 
(990,076) 

— 
223 
117,145 
117,368 

(2,534) 

892,044 

Total assets 

$    90,560 

$    946,263 

$  1,172,442 

$    276,477 

$   (999,818) 

$  1,485,924 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities 
Current portion of long-term debt 
Current portion of affiliate long-term debt 
Other current liabilities 
Total current liabilities 

$  

512 
363 
870 
— 
1,745 

$  

19,733 
3,300 
— 
— 
23,033 

$  

Long-term debt 
Affiliate long-term debt 
Dividends in excess of investment in 

consolidated subsidiaries 

Other liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Common stock 
Additional paid-in capital 
Accumulated (deficit) earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 
Total Sinclair Broadcast Group 
shareholders’ (deficit) equity 

Noncontrolling interests in consolidated 

subsidiaries 

Total liabilities and equity (deficit) 

$  

79,091 
8,403 

122,994 
43,750 
255,983 

804 
609,640 
(771,953) 
(3,914) 

995,269 
— 

— 
1,709 
1,020,011 

— 
123,695 
(195,049) 
(2,394) 

46,734 
391 
2,326 
70,428 
119,879 

38,098 
11,170 

— 
394,192 
563,339 

10 
445,577 
165,316 
(1,800) 

$  

8,110 
15,502 
113 
693 
24,418 

57,282 
224,207 

— 
47,154 
353,061 

282 
78,637 
(154,656) 
(847) 

$  

(1,066) 
— 
(113) 
— 
(1,179) 

$  

74,023 
19,556 
3,196 
71,121 
167,896 

— 
(224,207) 

(122,994) 
(201,008) 
(549,388) 

(292) 
(647,909) 
184,389 
5,041 

1,169,740 
19,573 

— 
285,797 
1,643,006 

804 
609,640 
(771,953) 
(3,914) 

(165,423) 

(73,748) 

609,103 

(76,584) 

(458,771) 

(165,423) 

— 
90,560 

— 
$   946,263 

— 
$  1,172,442 

— 
$    276,477 

8,341 
$   (999,818) 

8,341 
$ 1,485,924 

2011 Annual Report  65  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011 
(In thousands)  

Sinclair 
Broadcast 
Group, Inc. 

Sinclair 
Television 
Group, Inc. 

Guarantor 
Subsidiaries 
and  KDSM, 
LLC 

Non-
Guarantor 
Subsidiaries  Eliminations 

Sinclair 
Consolidated

Net revenue 

$  

— 

$   

— 

$  

721,936 

$  

52,295 

$ 

(8,943)

$  

765,288 

Program and production 
Selling, general and administrative 
Depreciation, amortization and other 

operating expenses 
Total operating expenses 

— 
2,396 

1,622 
4,018 

1,298 
25,160 

688 
27,146 

185,038 
121,391 

160,432 
466,861 

Operating (loss) income 

(4,018) 

(27,146) 

255,075 

338 
3,765 

45,903 
50,006 

2,289 

— 
(23,978) 
391 
1,560 
(22,027) 

(8,062)
(464)

163 
(8,363)

178,612 
152,248 

208,808 
539,668 

(580)

225,620 

(218,350)
20,622 
(391)
(573)
(198,692)

— 
(106,128) 
— 
1,881 
(104,247) 

83,354 
(3,285) 
— 
1,781 
81,850 

134,996 
(94,556) 
— 
35,255 
75,695 

— 
(4,931)
— 
(36,142)
(41,073)

(2,034) 

29,783 

(75,449)

2,915 

— 

(44,785) 

— 
75,798 

— 

(411) 
77,921 

— 

— 
138,553 

— 
(16,823) 

— 
(199,272)

(411) 
76,177 

— 

— 

(379)

(379) 

$  

75,798 

$  

77,921 

$  

138,553 

$  

(16,823) 

$ 

(199,651)

$  

75,798 

Equity in earnings of consolidated 

subsidiaries 
Interest expense 
Gain on Sales of Securities  
Other income (expense)  
Total other income (expense) 

Income tax (provision) benefit   
Loss from discontinued operations, 

net of taxes 
Net income (loss) 
Net loss attributable to the 
noncontrolling interests 

Net income (loss) attributable to 
Sinclair Broadcast Group  

66  Sinclair Broadcast Group 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 
(In thousands) 

Sinclair 
Broadcast 
Group, Inc. 

Sinclair 
Television 
Group, Inc. 

Guarantor 
Subsidiaries 
and  KDSM, 
LLC 

Non-
Guarantor 
Subsidiaries  Eliminations 

Sinclair 
Consolidated

Net revenue 

$  

— 

$   

— 

$  

732,214 

$  

45,351 

$ 

(9,921)

$  

767,644 

Program and production 
Selling, general and administrative 
Depreciation, amortization and other 

operating expenses 
Total operating expenses 

— 
2,205 

1,756 
3,961 

893 
23,530 

518 
24,941 

161,746 
125,106 

179,345 
466,197 

Operating (loss) income 

(3,961) 

(24,941) 

266,017 

Equity in earnings of consolidated 

subsidiaries 
Interest expense 
Other income (expense)  
Total other income (expense) 

Income tax benefit (provision)   
Loss from discontinued operations, 

net of taxes 
Net income (loss) 
Net loss attributable to the 
noncontrolling interests 

Net income (loss) attributable to 
Sinclair Broadcast Group  

85,974 
(13,611) 
1,666 
74,029 

6,080 

— 
76,148 

— 

136,815 
(95,089) 
33,389 
75,115 

31,654 

(577) 
81,251 

— 

— 
(5,204)
(36,506)
(41,710)

(84,073)

— 
140,234 

369 
3,597 

37,022 
40,988 

4,363 

— 
(22,334) 
(7,026) 
(29,360) 

6,113 

— 
(18,884) 

(8,875)
(547)

164 
(9,258)

154,133 
153,891 

218,805 
526,829 

(663)

240,815 

(222,789)
20,192 
(441)
(203,038)

— 
(116,046) 
(8,918) 
(124,964) 

— 

(40,226) 

— 
(203,701)

(577) 
75,048 

— 

— 

1,100 

1,100 

$  

76,148 

$  

81,251 

$  

140,234 

$  

(18,884) 

$ 

(202,601)

$  

76,148 

2011 Annual Report  67  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009 
(In thousands) 

Sinclair 
Broadcast 
Group, Inc. 

Sinclair 
Television 
Group, Inc. 

Guarantor 
Subsidiaries 
and  KDSM, 
LLC 

Non-
Guarantor 
Subsidiaries  Eliminations 

Sinclair 
Consolidated

Net revenue 

$  

— 

$   

— 

$  

614,388 

$  

52,278 

$ 

(9,676)

$  

656,990 

Program and production 
Selling, general and administrative 
Depreciation, amortization and other 

operating expenses 
Total operating expenses 

— 
16,249 

17,893 
34,142 

721 
8,701 

541 
9,963 

149,528 
119,779 

427,559 
696,866 

Operating (loss) income 

(34,142) 

(9,963) 

(82,478)

480 
4,334 

38,250 
43,064 

9,214 

— 
1,805 
(27,346) 
(699) 
(26,240) 

(8,314)
(598)

(7,416)
(16,328)

142,415 
148,465 

476,827 
767,707 

6,652 

(110,717) 

216,730 
(24,443)
25,478 
530 
218,295 

— 
59 
(80,021) 
20,219 
(59,743) 

(101,049) 
844 
(36,454) 
32,611 
(104,048) 

(115,681) 
21,853 
(35,828) 
23,523 
(106,133) 

— 
— 
(5,871)
(35,746)
(41,617)

2,577 

7,749 

10,421 

11,765 

— 

32,512 

(81) 
(135,694) 

— 
(108,347) 

— 
(113,674)

— 
(5,261) 

— 
224,947 

(81) 
(138,029) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

2,335 

2,335 

$   (135,694) 

$   (108,347) 

$  

(113,674)

$  

(5,261) 

$ 

227,282 

$  

(135,694) 

Equity in losses of consolidated 

subsidiaries 
Interest income  
Interest expense 
Other income (expense)  
Total other (expense) income  

Income tax benefit   
Loss from discontinued operations, 

net of taxes 
Net (loss) income 
Net loss attributable to the 
noncontrolling interests 

Net (loss) income attributable to 
Sinclair Broadcast Group  

68  Sinclair Broadcast Group 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011 
(In thousands)  

NET CASH FLOWS (USED IN) FROM 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES 
CASH FLOWS (USED IN) FROM 
INVESTING ACTIVITIES: 
Acquisition of property and equipment 
Purchase of alarm monitoring contracts 
Increase in restricted cash 
Distributions from investments 
Investments in equity and cost method 

investees 

Investment in debt securities 
Payments for acquisitions of assets of 

other operating divisions 
Proceeds from sale of assets 
Proceeds from sale of securities 
Proceeds from insurance settlement 
Proceeds from the sale of equity  

method investment 

Loans to affiliates 
Proceeds from loans to affiliates 

Net cash flows used in investing 

Sinclair 
Broadcast 
Group, Inc. 

Sinclair 
Television 
Group, Inc. 

Guarantor 
Subsidiaries 
and  KDSM, 
LLC 

Non-
Guarantor 
Subsidiaries  Eliminations 

Sinclair 
Consolidated 

$  

(10,424) 

$  

(65,150) 

$   225,516 

$  

728 

$  

(2,157) 

$   148,513 

— 
— 
— 
— 

(4,000) 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
(194) 
199 

(3,503) 
— 
(53,445) 
— 

(30,950) 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
(212) 
— 

— 
— 

— 
59 
— 
1,739 

— 
— 
— 

(1,382) 
(8,850) 
— 
2,632 

(7,577) 
(4,911) 

(3,072) 
10 
1,808 
— 

1,166 
— 
43 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 
(1,808) 
— 

— 
— 
— 

(35,835) 
(8,850) 
(53,445) 
2,632 

(11,577) 
(4,911) 

(3,072) 
69 
— 
1,739 

1,166 
(406) 
242 

activities 

(3,995) 

(57,160) 

(29,152) 

(20,133) 

(1,808) 

(112,248) 

CASH FLOWS FROM (USED IN) 
FINANCING ACTIVITIES: 
Proceeds from notes payable, 

commercial bank financing and 
capital leases 

Repayments of notes payable, 

commercial bank financing and 
capital leases 

Proceeds from share based awards 
Purchase of subsidiary shares from 

noncontrolling interests 

Dividends paid on Class A and Class B 

Common Stock 

Payments for deferred financing costs 
Proceeds from Class A Common Stock 

sold by variable interest entity 
Distributions from noncontrolling 

interests 

Repayments of notes and capital leases 

to affiliates 

Increase (decrease) in intercompany 

— 

136,719 

— 

15,014 

(57,120) 
1,794 

(70,234) 
— 

(432) 
— 

— 

— 

(38,820) 
— 

— 
(5,417) 

— 

— 

(869) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

(2,341) 

(22,661) 
— 

(2,501) 

— 
(66) 

— 

(610) 

— 

payables 

109,434 

56,359 

(194,300) 

26,814 

Net cash flows from (used in) 

financing activities 

14,419 

117,427 

(197,073) 

15,990 

NET DECREASE IN CASH AND 

CASH EQUIVALENTS 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, 

beginning of period 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, 

end of period 

$  

— 

— 

— 

(4,883) 

(709) 

(3,415) 

5,071 

1,022 

15,881 

$  

188 

$  

313 

$  

12,466 

$  

— 

— 
— 

— 

464 
— 

1,808 

— 

— 

1,693 

3,965 

— 

— 

— 

151,733 

(150,447) 
1,794 

(2,501) 

(38,356) 
(5,483) 

1,808 

(610) 

(3,210) 

— 

(45,272) 

(9,007) 

21,974 

$  

12,967 

2011 Annual Report  69  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 
(In thousands) 

Sinclair 
Broadcast 
Group, Inc. 

Sinclair 
Television 
Group, Inc. 

Guarantor 
Subsidiaries 
and  KDSM, 
LLC 

Non-
Guarantor 
Subsidiaries  Eliminations 

Sinclair 
Consolidated 

$  

(25,213) 

$  

(76,450) 

$   265,706 

$  

(5,729) 

$  

(3,353) 

$   154,961 

— 
— 
— 
709 

(2,000) 
— 
(136) 
117 
— 

(3,686) 
— 
59,342 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

(6,173) 
— 
260 
— 

— 
110 
— 
— 
372 

(1,835) 
(10,106) 
— 
185 

(5,224) 
— 
— 
— 
— 

investing activities 

(1,310) 

55,656 

(5,431) 

(16,980) 

NET CASH FLOWS (USED IN) FROM 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES 
CASH FLOWS (USED IN) FROM 
INVESTING ACTIVITIES: 
Acquisition of property and equipment 
Purchase of alarm monitoring contracts 
Decrease in restricted cash 
Distributions from investments 
Investments in equity and cost method 

investees 

Proceeds from sale of assets 
Loans to affiliates 
Proceeds from loans to affiliates 
Proceeds from insurance settlement 
Net cash flows (used in) from 

CASH FLOWS FROM (USED IN) 
FINANCING ACTIVITIES: 
Proceeds from notes payable, 

commercial bank financing and 
capital leases 

Repayments of notes payable, 

commercial bank financing and 
capital leases 

Dividends paid on Class A and Class B 

Common Stock 

Payments for deferred financing costs 
Distributions from noncontrolling 

interests 

Repayments of notes and capital leases 

to affiliates 

Increase (decrease) in intercompany 

— 

264,068 

— 

19,862 

— 

283,930 

(103,878) 

(302,350) 

(317) 

(20,876) 

(34,557) 
— 

— 
(7,016) 

— 

(753) 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

(2,370) 

— 
(4) 

(287) 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

(11,694) 
(10,106) 
59,602 
894 

(7,224) 
110 
(136) 
117 
372 

31,935 

— 

332 
— 

— 

— 

3,021 

3,353 

— 

— 

— 

(427,421) 

(34,225) 
(7,020) 

(287) 

(3,123) 

— 

(188,146) 

(1,250) 

23,224 

$  

21,974 

payables 

165,711 

60,799 

(256,783) 

27,252 

Net cash flows from (used in) 

financing activities 

26,523 

15,501 

(259,470) 

25,947 

NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, 

beginning of period 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, 

end of period 

$  

— 

— 

— 

(5,293) 

10,364 

805 

217 

3,238 

12,643 

$  

5,071 

$  

1,022 

$  

15,881 

$   

70  Sinclair Broadcast Group 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009 
(In thousands) 

Sinclair 
Broadcast 
Group, Inc. 

Sinclair 
Television 
Group, Inc. 

Guarantor 
Subsidiaries 
and  KDSM, 
LLC 

Non-
Guarantor 
Subsidiaries  Eliminations 

Sinclair 
Consolidated 

$  

(56,248) 

$  

(3,833) 

$   171,883 

$  

(1,364) 

$  

(5,002) 

$   105,436 

NET CASH FLOWS (USED IN) FROM 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES 
CASH FLOWS FROM (USED IN) 
INVESTING ACTIVITIES: 
Acquisition of property and equipment 
Purchase of alarm monitoring contracts 
Increase in restricted cash 
Distributions from investments 
Investments in equity and cost method 

investees 

Proceeds from sale of assets 
Loans to affiliates 
Proceeds from loans to affiliates 

Net cash flows used in investing 

activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM (USED IN) 
FINANCING ACTIVITIES: 
Proceeds from notes payable, 

commercial bank financing and 
capital leases 

Repayments of notes payable, 

commercial bank financing and 
capital leases 

Purchase of subsidiary shares from 

noncontrolling interests 

Repurchase of Class A Common Stock 
Dividends paid on Class A and Class B 

Common Stock 

Payments for deferred financing costs 
Contributions to noncontrolling 

interests 

Repayments of notes and capital leases 

to affiliates 

Increase (decrease) in intercompany 

(43) 
— 
— 
— 

(3,333) 
— 
(162) 
157 

(1,215) 
— 
(64,399) 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

(4,508) 
— 
(484) 
— 

— 
126 
— 
— 

(1,927) 
(12,291) 
— 
1,501 

(7,268) 
— 
— 
— 

(3,381) 

(65,614) 

(4,866) 

(19,985) 

— 

946,184 

— 

34,691 

(378,183) 

(536,100) 

(447) 

(16,836) 

— 
(1,454) 

(16,193) 
— 

— 

(648) 

— 
— 

— 
(28,278) 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

(2,216) 

(5,000) 
— 

— 
(537) 

26 

— 

payables 

456,107 

(311,643) 

(164,366) 

15,055 

Net cash flows from (used in) 

financing activities 

59,629 

70,163 

(167,029) 

27,399 

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, 

beginning of period 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, 

end of period 

$  

— 

— 

— 

716 

9,649 

(12) 

227 

6,050 

6,594 

$  

10,365 

$  

215 

$  

12,644 

$   

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

155 
— 

— 

— 

4,847 

5,002 

— 

— 

— 

(7,693) 
(12,291) 
(64,883) 
1,501 

(10,601) 
126 
(162) 
157 

(93,846) 

980,875 

(931,566) 

(5,000) 
(1,454) 

(16,038) 
(28,815) 

26 

(2,864) 

— 

(4,836) 

6,754 

16,470 

$  

23,224 

2011 Annual Report  71  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15.  QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED): 
(in thousands, except per share data) 

For the Quarter Ended 

03/31/11  

06/30/11 

09/30/11 

12/31/11 

Total revenues, net 
Impairment of goodwill, intangible and other 

assets 

Loss on extinguishment of debt 
Operating income  
Income from continuing operations 
Loss from discontinued operations 
Net income attributable to Sinclair Broadcast 

Group 

Basic earnings per common share from 

continuing operations attributable to Sinclair 
Broadcast Group 

Basic earnings per common share attributable to 

Sinclair Broadcast Group 

Diluted earnings per common share from 

continuing operations attributable to Sinclair 
Broadcast Group 

Diluted earnings per common share attributable 

to Sinclair Broadcast Group  

For the Quarter Ended 

Total revenues, net 
Impairment of goodwill, intangible and other 

assets 

Loss on extinguishment of debt 
Operating income  
Income from continuing operations 
Loss from discontinued operations 
Net income attributable to Sinclair Broadcast 

Group 

Basic earnings per common share from 

continuing operations attributable to Sinclair 
Broadcast Group 

Basic earnings per common share attributable to 

Sinclair Broadcast Group 

Diluted earnings per common share from 

continuing operations attributable to Sinclair 
Broadcast Group 

Diluted earnings per common share attributable 

to Sinclair Broadcast Group  

$  

$  
$  
$  
$  
$  

$  

$  

$  

$  

$  

$  

$  
$  
$  
$  
$  

$  

$  

$  

$  

$  

182,609 

(398) 
(924) 
51,472 
15,235 
(108) 

15,279 

0.19 

0.19 

0.19 

0.19 

$  

$  
$  
$  
$  
$  

$ 

$  

$  

$  

$  

188,861 

$   

181,042 

$   

212,776 

— 
(3,478) 
58,238 
18,559 
(82) 

18,579 

0.24 

0.23 

0.24 

0.23 

$   
$   
$   
$   
$   

$   

$   

$   

$   

$   

— 
(117) 
52,410 
19,441 
(110) 

19,238 

0.24 

0.24 

0.24 

0.24 

$   
$   
$   
$   
$   

$   

$   

$   

$   

$   

— 
(328) 
63,500 
23,353 
(111) 

22,702 

0.28 

0.28 

0.28 

0.28 

03/31/10  

06/30/10 

09/30/10 

12/31/10 

169,721 

— 
(289) 
46,320 
11,060 
(66) 

11,520 

0.14 

0.14 

0.14 

0.14 

$  

$  
$  
$  
$  
$  

$ 

$  

$  

$  

$  

185,679 

$   

186,576 

$   

225,668 

— 
(149) 
56,819 
17,020 
(68) 

17,273 

0.22 

0.22 

0.22 

0.22 

$   
$   
$   
$   
$   

$   

$   

$   

$   

$   

— 
(3,939) 
56,219 
14,213 
(68) 

14,276 

0.18 

0.18 

0.18 

0.18 

$   
$   
$   
$   
$   

$   

$   

$   

$   

$   

4,803 
(1,889) 
81,457 
33,332 
(375) 

33,079 

0.42 

0.41 

0.41 

0.40 

72  Sinclair Broadcast Group 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 
AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Our  Class  A  Common  Stock  is  listed  for  trading  on  the  NASDAQ  stock  market  under  the  symbol  SBGI.    Our  Class  B 
Common  Stock  is  not  traded  on  a  public  trading  market  or  quotation  system.    The  following  tables  set  forth  for  the  periods 
indicated the high and low closing sales prices on the NASDAQ stock market for our Class A Common Stock.    

2011 
First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

2010 
First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

High 

13.00 
12.70 
11.16 
11.50 

High 

5.78 
7.79 
7.38 
8.47 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

Low 

7.82 
9.24 
6.90 
6.95 

Low 

4.63 
5.33 
5.39 
7.12 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

As of February 24, 2012, there were approximately 79 shareholders of record of our common stock.  This number does not 

include beneficial owners holding shares through nominee names.   

Dividend Policy 

In  November  2010,  amid  improvements  in  general  economic  conditions  and  in  our  performance,  our  Board  of  Directors 
declared  a  one-time  $0.43  per  share  dividend  on  common  stock,  payable  on  December  15,  2010  to  holders  of  record  on 
December  1,  2010.    During  2011,  our  Board  of  Directors  declared  quarterly  dividends  on  common  stock,  of  $0.12  per  share.  
Dividends of $0.12 per share were paid in March 2011, June 2011, September 2011 and December 2011.  In February 2012, our 
Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.12 per share.  Future dividends on our common shares, if any, will be at 
the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on several factors including our results of operations, cash requirements 
and  surplus,  financial  condition,  covenant  restrictions  and  other  factors  that  the  Board  of  Directors  may  deem  relevant.    The 
Class  A  Common  Stock  and  Class  B  Common  Stock  holders  have  the  same  rights  related  to  dividends.    Our  Bank  Credit 
Agreement  and  some  of  our  debt  instruments  contain  restrictions  on  our  ability  to  pay  dividends.    Under  our  Bank  Credit 
Agreement, in certain circumstances we may make up to $100.0 million in unrestricted annual cash payments including but not 
limited to dividends, of which $50.0 million may carry over to the next year.  Under the indentures governing our 9.25% Second 
Lien  Notes,  due  2017  (the  9.25%  Notes)  and  our  8.375%  Senior  Notes,  due  2018  (the  8.375%  Notes),  we  are  restricted  from 
paying dividends on our common stock unless certain specified conditions are satisfied, including that:  

 

 

no event of default then exists under each indenture or certain other specified agreements relating to our  
indebtedness; and 
after taking account of the dividends payment, we are within certain restricted payment requirements contained in 
each indenture. 

In addition, under certain of our debt instruments, the payment of dividends is not permissible during a default thereunder. 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

We did not repurchase any shares of Class A Common Stock or other equity securities of Sinclair during the fourth quarter of 

2011. 

2011 Annual Report  73  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Comparative Stock Performance 

The  following  line  graph  compares  the  yearly  percentage  change  in  the  cumulative  total  shareholder  return  on  our  Class  A 
Common  Stock  with  the  cumulative  total  return  of  the  NASDAQ  Composite  Index  and  the  cumulative  total  return  of  the 
NASDAQ Telecommunications Index (an index containing performance data of radio and television broadcast companies and 
communication  equipment  and  accessories  manufacturers)  from  December  31,  2006  through  December  31,  2011.  The 
performance graph assumes that an investment of $100 was made in the Class A Common Stock and in each Index on December 
31,  2006  and  that  all  dividends  were  reinvested.    Total  shareholder  return  is  measured  by  dividing  total  dividends  (assuming 
dividend reinvestment) plus share price change for a period by the share price at the beginning of the measurement period. 

Company/Index/Market 
Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc. 
NASDAQ Telecommunications 

Index 

NASDAQ Composite Index 

12/31/06 
100.00 

12/31/07 
82.42 

12/31/08 
36.34 

12/31/09 
47.24 

12/31/10 
101.06 

12/31/11 
147.07 

100.00 
100.00 

113.32 
110.26 

61.52 
65.65 

85.61 
95.19 

94.28 
112.10 

83.51 
110.81 

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc., the NASDAQ Composite Index, 
and the NASDAQ Telecommunications Index

$160

$140

$120

$100

$80

$60

$40

$20

$0

12/06

12/07

12/08

12/09

12/10

12/11

Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc.

NASDAQ Composite

NASDAQ Telecommunications

*$100 invested on 12/31/06 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends.
Fiscal year ending December 31.

74  Sinclair Broadcast Group 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc. 

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, of equity 
(deficit), of comprehensive income (loss), and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Sinclair 
Broadcast Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the Company) at December 31, 2011 and 2010 and the results of their operations and 
their  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2011  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles 
generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of  America.    Also  in  our  opinion,  the  Company  maintained,  in  all  material  respects, 
effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2011,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  - 
Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO).    The 
Company's  management  is  responsible  for  these  financial  statements,  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting  and  for  its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  included  in  the  Report  of 
Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A.  Our responsibility is to express opinions on 
these  financial  statements  and  on  the  Company's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  our  integrated  audits.    We 
conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States).  
Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audits  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  financial 
statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all 
material respects.  Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts 
and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements,  assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by 
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  Our audit of internal control over financial reporting 
included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, 
and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk.  Our audits also 
included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a 
reasonable basis for our opinions. 

As  discussed  in  Note  1  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Company  changed  its  method  of  accounting  for  variable 
interest entities in 2010.   

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the 
reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally 
accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that 
(i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of 
the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of 
financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the 
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide 
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s 
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.    Also, 
projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Baltimore, Maryland 
March 2, 2012 

2011 Annual Report  75  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                      
 
 
 
GROUP MANAGERS / GENERAL MANAGERS 

Group Manager 
 William J. Fanshawe 

  Baltimore, Maryland 

Group Manager 
Alan B. Frank 

  Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 
  Rochester, New York 
  Tampa/St. Petersburg,  

  Florida 

Group Manager  
Daniel P. Mellon 

  Columbus, Ohio 
  Dayton, Ohio 
 

Peoria/Bloomington, Illinois 

General Managers 
  Kerry Johnson – Cedar Rapids, 

  Iowa and Madison, 
  Wisconsin 

  Mary Margaret Johnson – 

  Charleston, South Carolina  

  Mike Wilson – Des Moines, 

 

  Iowa 
John Hayes – Greensboro/ 
  Highpoint/Winston- Salem,  

  North Carolina 
  Terry Cole – Mobile, Alabama – 

  Pensacola, Florida 
  Tom Humpage – Portland, 

  Maine 

  Steven Genett – Richmond, 

  Virginia 

  Kent Crawford – Salt Lake 

  City/St. George, Utah 

General Managers 

General Managers 

  Vince Nelson – Albany, New 

 

  York 

  Nick Magnini – Buffalo, New 

  York 

  Harold Cooper – Charleston/ 
  Huntington, West Virginia 

  Mike Costa – Chattanooga, 

  Tennessee 

  Dominic Mancuso – Nashville, 

 

  Tennessee 
John Hummel – 
  Raleigh/Durham, North 
  Carolina 

  Don O’Connor – Syracuse, New 

 

  York 
John Dittmeier – Tallahassee, 
  Florida 

  Michael Pumo – West Palm 

  Beach, Florida 

  Robert Butterfield – West Palm 

  Beach/Fort Pierce, Florida  

John V. Connors – Asheville, 
  North Carolina-Greenville/ 

Spartanburg/Anderson, South 
Carolina 

  Mike Smythe –Cape Girardeau, 
  Missouri-Paducah, Kentucky  

  Chad Conklin – 

  Flint/Saginaw/Bay City, 
  Michigan 
Jim Lutton – Grand 
  Rapids/Lansing, Michigan 

 

  Michael C. Brickey – 

 

 

  Lexington, Kentucky  
Tim Mathis – 
  Springfield/Champaign, 
  Illinois 
Thomas L. Tipton – St. Louis, 
  Missouri 

Group Manager 
Jonathan P. Lawhead 
  Cincinnati, Ohio 

Group Manager  
John Seabers 

 

San Antonio, Texas 

General Managers 

General Managers 

 

Jay C. Lowe – Birmingham, 
  Alabama 

  David Ford – Milwaukee, 

  Wisconsin 
  Philip Waterman – 

Minneapolis-St. Paul, 
Minnesota 
Jeff McCallister – Norfolk, 
  Virginia 

 

  Tina Castano – Providence, 
  Rhode Island-New 
  Bedford, Massachusetts 

  Amy Villarreal – Austin, 

  Texas 

  Rix Garey – Beaumont, 

  Texas 

  Audra Swain – Las Vegas, 

  Nevada 

  Kingsley Kelley – Medford, 

 

  Oregon 
John Rossi – Oklahoma 
  City, Oklahoma  

76  Sinclair Broadcast Group 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LETTER TO OUR SHAREHOLDERS
BIGGER. BETTER. STRONGER.

These are the words we use to describe Sinclair today; qualities that we believe separate us from the rest of the industry and 
reflect our positioning for future growth.  We didn't get here overnight, though.  We approached our business with focus and 
deliberation,  acting  aggressively  when  an  opportunity  presented  itself,  while  doing  our  best  to  avoid  high-risk,  short  term 
planning.  This approach has worked well for us, as reflected in our 2011 results.  The financial strength we have built in our 
balance sheet, our access to credit, and the strong performance by our core television business are allowing us to grow and 
diversify  our  television  portfolio,  to  increase  our  competitive  position  within  our  local  markets,  and  to  continue  to  leverage 
our national platform.   

When  we  entered  2011,  it  was  with  a  balance  sheet  that  reflected  our  lowest  total  net  leverage  in  15  years.    This  strength 
allowed us to re-enter the transactional market and acquire seven television stations from Four Points Media and enter into 
an agreement to purchase another eight stations from Freedom Communications, which we are currently operating while we 
await  approval  from  the  Federal  Communications  Commission.    With  these  additions,  we  are  now  the  largest  independent 
owner  and  operator  of  television  stations  in  the  country.    Our  portfolio  consists  of  73  television  stations  in  45  markets, 
reaching over 26% of the U.S. television households, as well as broadcasting 82 sub-channels.  Through their entertainment 
and  strong  local  news  franchises,  these  stations  are  making  a  difference  in  their  markets,  resonating  with  viewers,  holding 
government  accountable,  helping  those  in  need  through  community  outreach  programs,  and  providing  local  businesses  a 
means  to  reach  their  customer  base.    For  our  shareholders,  they  represent  highly-rated,  well  positioned,  free  cash  flowing 
businesses  that  provide  us  with  a  greater  level  of  diversification  and  an  improved  negotiating  position  with  our  trading 
partners.  

As a result of the additional stations, we added seven CBS, three CW, two ABC, two MyNetworkTV and one Azteca affiliate, 
which diversified our portfolio of television stations on multiple fronts.  While we are still the largest FOX and MyNetworkTV 
affiliate groups, we are now the second largest ABC and CW affiliate groups, and have a much more meaningful presence of 
CBS  stations.    Such  diversification  is  important  for  several  reasons.    First,  our  revenue  performance  should  become  more 
stable since we will be less dependent on the success or failure of just one or two networks.  Adding more stations affiliated 
with  the  traditional  networks,  such  as  CBS  and  ABC,  which  tend  to  offer  more  local  news  content,  should  bode  well  for  us 
heading into the presidential election year when political-related advertising dollars pour into the markets.   

With  our  size  comes  strength  and  efficiency.    From  the  revenue  side,  we  can  help  national  advertisers  reach  a  greater 
percentage  of  the  country  through  a  single  buy  with  us,  as  opposed  to  buying  across  multiple  broadcasters  to  get  the  same 
coverage.  Likewise, on the expense side, we can help syndicators clear their programming more easily and help multi-channel 
video  program  distributors  obtain  programming  they  desire  more  efficiently  by  doing  group  deals  with  our  stations.    We 
expect  the  efficiencies  created  by  our  size  and  national  footprint  alone  to  result  in  better  terms  with  our  trading  partners.   
While we intend to pursue these cash flow generating opportunities presented by the newly-acquired stations, we also plan to 
evaluate and integrate the most successful operating strategies employed by each group (Four Points, Freedom and the legacy 
Sinclair stations) to increase efficiencies, ratings and ultimately cash flow.

Speaking  of  which,  2011  was  another  stellar  EBITDA1  year  for  us.    At  a  reported  $269.5  million  of  EBITDA,  this  was  an 
increase  of  41.7%  over  2009  and  10.9%  over  2007,  the  last  two  non-political  years.    Net  broadcast  revenues  were  $648.0 
million for 2011, down 1.2% from 2010 due to the non-political nature of the year, but up 2.9% versus 2010 on a core, same 
station basis when you exclude political.  Core growth was driven in part by a 9.7% year-over-year increase in ad spending by 
the auto sector, our largest advertising category.  Significantly, the category grew despite the sector suffering from the impact 
of  two  natural  catastrophes  that  affected  the  supply  of  automobiles  in  the  U.S.    The  first  was  the  horrific  earthquake  and 
tsunami that devastated parts of Japan in March, followed by four months of monsoon rains and major flooding in Thailand.  
While both events disrupted the supply chain and ultimately the inventory of cars on dealer lots for part of the year, consumer 
demand remained firm.  In fact, a January 2012 forecast by the National Automobile Dealers Association estimates that the 
sale of new cars will grow by 9.4% to 13.9 million units in 2012 in response to pent up consumer demand, availability of credit 
and increased dealer incentives, all of which we expect to drive auto advertising higher in 2012.

Also contributing to the core revenue growth was $6.2 million in incremental revenues in the first quarter of 2011 as a result 
of the Super Bowl airing on our 20 FOX affiliates versus our only two CBS affiliates in 2010.   We also experienced our highest 
political  advertising  dollars  in  an  off-cycle  election  year,  garnering  $8.3  million,  a  19.7%  increase  over  2009  and  a  67.1% 
increase  over  2007's  levels.    We  believe  that  2012  will  be  another  record-breaking  year  for  political  advertising  on  our 
stations, surpassing the $42.0 million we reported in 2010.  Meanwhile, our advertisers continue to recognize and support the 
power of broadcast television and its effectiveness in branding and moving their product.  We remain confident that we will 
continue  to see  growth  from our efforts  to broaden our reach through digital  interactive strategies.   From the  more macro 
level, consumer confidence is beginning to improve, although the economy still has many difficult hurdles to face.  

Our  dedication  to  improving  our  cost  structure  and  the  dynamics  of  our  television  operations  may  best  be  seen  in  the 
transformation  of  our  day-to-day  programming  needs  and  costs.    We  have  been  able  to  reduce  our  risk  to  new  syndicated 

OFFICERS
David D. Smith
President & Chief Executive Officer

BOARD OF DIRECTORS
David D. Smith
Chairman of the Board, 
President & Chief Executive Officer

Frederick G. Smith
Vice President

J. Duncan Smith
Vice President

David B. Amy
Executive Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer

David R. Bochenek
Vice President,
Chief Accounting Officer 

Barry M. Faber
Executive Vice President,
General Counsel 

Paul E. Nesterovsky
Vice President, Tax

Lucy A. Rutishauser
Vice President,
Corporate Finance & Treasurer

Donald H. Thompson
Vice President,
Human Resources

Thomas I. Waters, III
Vice President, Purchasing

OTHER OPERATING 
DIVISIONS
W. Gary Dorsch
President, Keyser Capital, LLC 

Joseph A. Koff
Chief Operating Officer,
Ring of Honor Wrestling
Entertainment, LLC

Frederick G. Smith
Vice President

J. Duncan Smith
Vice President, Secretary

Robert E. Smith
Director

Daniel C. Keith
President and Founder of the 
Cavanaugh Group, Inc. 

Martin R. Leader
Director

Lawrence E. McCanna
Director

Basil A. Thomas
Director

TELEVISION DIVISION
Steven M. Marks
Vice President,
Chief Operating Officer

Mark A. Aitken
Vice President,
Advanced Technology

M. William Butler
Vice President,
Programming & Promotion

I. Scott Livingston
Vice President, News

Robert F. Malandra
Vice President,
Finance Television

Delbert R. Parks III
Vice President,
Engineering & Operations

David F. Schwartz
Vice President, Sales

Gregg L. Siegel
Vice President, National Sales

Robert D. Weisbord
Vice President, New Media

ANNUAL MEETING
The Annual Meeting of stockholders 
will be held at Sinclair Broadcast 
Group's corporate offices, 
10706 Beaver Dam Road
Hunt Valley, MD 21030 
Thursday, June 14, 2012 at 10:00am.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED 
PUBLIC ACCOUNTING 
FIRM
PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP
100 East Pratt Street
Suite 1900 
Baltimore, MD 21202-1096

TRANSFER AGENT & 
REGISTRAR
Questions regarding stock certificates, 
change of address, or other stock 
transfer account matters may be 
directed to:

American Stock Transfer &
Trust Company, LLC 
Operations Center 
6201 15th Ave. 
Brooklyn, NY 11219 
Toll Free:  1-800-937-5449 
Email:  info@amstock.com 
Website:  www.amstock.com 

FORM 10-K,
ANNUAL REPORT
A copy of the Company's 2011 
Form 10-K, as filed with the Securities 
and Exchange Commission, is 
available at no charge on the 
Company's website www.sbgi.net or 
upon written request to:

Lucy A. Rutishauser
VP, Corporate Finance & Treasurer
Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc.
10706 Beaver Dam Road
Hunt Valley, MD 21030
Phone: 410-568-1500
E-mail: investor@sbgi.net

COMMON STOCK
The Company's Class A Common Stock 
trades on the Nasdaq Global Select 
Market tier of the NasdaqSM Stock 
Market under the symbol SBGI.

 
BIGGER. BETTER. STRONGER.
SINCLAIR BROADCAST GROUP
2011 ANNUAL REPORT

ALBANY-SCHENECTADY, NY
ASHEVILLE, NC /
    GREENVILLE-SPARTANBURG, SC 
AUSTIN, TX
BALTIMORE, MD
BEAUMONT, TX
BIRMINGHAM, AL
BUFFALO, NY
CEDAR RAPIDS, IA
CHAMPAIGN-SPRINGFIELD, IL
CHARLESTON, SC
CHARLESTON, WV
CHATTANOOGA, TN
CINCINNATI, OH
COLUMBUS, OH
DAYTON, OH
DES MOINES, IA
FLINT, MI
KALAMAZOO, MI
GREENSBORO, NC /
    WINSTON SALEM, NC
LANSING, MI
LAS VEGAS, NV
LEXINGTON, KY
MADISON, WI
MEDFORD, OR
MILWAUKEE, WI
MINNEAPOLIS, MN
NASHVILLE, TN
NORFOLK, VA
OKLAHOMA CITY, OK
PADUCAH, KY /
    CAPE GIRARDEAU, MO
PENSACOLA, FL
PEORIA-BLOOMINGTON, IL
PITTSBURGH, PA
PORTLAND, ME
PROVIDENCE, RI /
    NEW BEDFORD, MA
RALEIGH-DURHAM, NC
RICHMOND, VA
ROCHESTER, NY
ST. LOUIS, MO
SALT LAKE CITY, UT
SAN ANTONIO, TX
SYRACUSE, NY
TALLAHASSEE, FL
TAMPA-ST. PETERSBURG, FL
WEST PALM BEACH, FL /
    FT. PIERCE, FL

ALARM FUNDING ASSOCIATES
BAY CREEK RESORT
KEYSER CAPITAL
RING OF HONOR WRESTLING
SINCLAIR INVESTMENTS GROUP
TRIANGLE SIGN & SERVICE